Family therapy and cultural conflicts

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/29/2020 - 11:34
Display Headline
Family therapy and cultural conflicts

I recently had the privilege of treating a family who spoke my first language, Hindi. My patient, Ms. M, was 16 years old and struggling to adjust to her new life in the United States, having recently come from India. America’s schooling, culture, and “open society” was a contrast to her life in a semi-rural town, especially her close-knit family structure in which her parents and siblings are everything. Due to their cultural beliefs and religious faith in Islam, both Ms. M and her father were initially resistant to begin treatment for her depression and anxiety. “Let’s give it a trial” was the attitude I finally got from the father. But to me, there was a clear discordance in the communication among the family members in addition to the primary mental illness that led them to come for treatment. I was attracted to work with this family because I had a reasonable understanding of their faith, their culture, and their family system, and I have an inclination toward spirituality. Even though I recognized this family’s social isolation, I wondered why they were still in a state of unrest, given their deep commitment to their faith.

Ms. M was isolating herself at home, in an environment that wasn’t supportive of talking about her concerns. These included being bullied for being “different,” for how she dressed, and for having home-cooked traditional meals for lunch, and being unable to socialize with most of her male peers, except for those from her same community. This led her to dream of returning to India.

The family did not have a social life. Ms. M told me, “I wanted to socialize, but I cannot because of my faith and religion.” So she chose to wear attire to identify with her mother and her culture of origin. She also did this to hide her emotional pain from enduring trauma related to bullying at her school. It was a challenge to understand how faith, resilience, and trauma were intermingled in Ms. M and her family.

I saw Ms. M and her family for 12 one-hour family psychotherapy sessions. The initial session unfolded uneasily. It was a challenge to build rapport and help them understand how family therapy works. Circular inquiries to each family member, specifically to get the mother’s point of view, brought mourning, shame, and guilt to this family. The importance of marriage, education, and immigration were processed in reference to their culture and their incomplete acculturation to life in the United States.

I wondered if there were other families with different cultural backgrounds who struggled with similar conflicts. I also wondered if those families understood the value of family therapy or had ever experienced this therapeutic process.

The 3 key signs that made me believe that this family was making progress through our work together included:

  • They complied with treatment; the family never missed a session.
  • The parents acknowledged that their daughter was doing better.
  • The mother brought me a dinner as a gesture of gratitude in our last session. This is a particularly meaningful gesture on the part of people with their cultural background.

I clearly remember our first meeting, when Ms. M asked me disapprovingly about family therapy, “Why do we need to come here? Can’t we do it at home?” The question itself gave me the answer, for our goal for family therapy was to get her to function better at home and school. Although we ended our work together after 12 sessions, I hope this family continues to participate in therapy, to resolve the difficulties they are now aware of as a result of our family work.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehta is a child and adolescent psychiatrist, Highland Hospital, Charleston, West Virginia. At the time he wrote this article, he was fellow, child and adolescent psychiatry, Institute of Living/Hartford Hospital, Hartford, Connecticut.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
e1-e2
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehta is a child and adolescent psychiatrist, Highland Hospital, Charleston, West Virginia. At the time he wrote this article, he was fellow, child and adolescent psychiatry, Institute of Living/Hartford Hospital, Hartford, Connecticut.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehta is a child and adolescent psychiatrist, Highland Hospital, Charleston, West Virginia. At the time he wrote this article, he was fellow, child and adolescent psychiatry, Institute of Living/Hartford Hospital, Hartford, Connecticut.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

I recently had the privilege of treating a family who spoke my first language, Hindi. My patient, Ms. M, was 16 years old and struggling to adjust to her new life in the United States, having recently come from India. America’s schooling, culture, and “open society” was a contrast to her life in a semi-rural town, especially her close-knit family structure in which her parents and siblings are everything. Due to their cultural beliefs and religious faith in Islam, both Ms. M and her father were initially resistant to begin treatment for her depression and anxiety. “Let’s give it a trial” was the attitude I finally got from the father. But to me, there was a clear discordance in the communication among the family members in addition to the primary mental illness that led them to come for treatment. I was attracted to work with this family because I had a reasonable understanding of their faith, their culture, and their family system, and I have an inclination toward spirituality. Even though I recognized this family’s social isolation, I wondered why they were still in a state of unrest, given their deep commitment to their faith.

Ms. M was isolating herself at home, in an environment that wasn’t supportive of talking about her concerns. These included being bullied for being “different,” for how she dressed, and for having home-cooked traditional meals for lunch, and being unable to socialize with most of her male peers, except for those from her same community. This led her to dream of returning to India.

The family did not have a social life. Ms. M told me, “I wanted to socialize, but I cannot because of my faith and religion.” So she chose to wear attire to identify with her mother and her culture of origin. She also did this to hide her emotional pain from enduring trauma related to bullying at her school. It was a challenge to understand how faith, resilience, and trauma were intermingled in Ms. M and her family.

I saw Ms. M and her family for 12 one-hour family psychotherapy sessions. The initial session unfolded uneasily. It was a challenge to build rapport and help them understand how family therapy works. Circular inquiries to each family member, specifically to get the mother’s point of view, brought mourning, shame, and guilt to this family. The importance of marriage, education, and immigration were processed in reference to their culture and their incomplete acculturation to life in the United States.

I wondered if there were other families with different cultural backgrounds who struggled with similar conflicts. I also wondered if those families understood the value of family therapy or had ever experienced this therapeutic process.

The 3 key signs that made me believe that this family was making progress through our work together included:

  • They complied with treatment; the family never missed a session.
  • The parents acknowledged that their daughter was doing better.
  • The mother brought me a dinner as a gesture of gratitude in our last session. This is a particularly meaningful gesture on the part of people with their cultural background.

I clearly remember our first meeting, when Ms. M asked me disapprovingly about family therapy, “Why do we need to come here? Can’t we do it at home?” The question itself gave me the answer, for our goal for family therapy was to get her to function better at home and school. Although we ended our work together after 12 sessions, I hope this family continues to participate in therapy, to resolve the difficulties they are now aware of as a result of our family work.

I recently had the privilege of treating a family who spoke my first language, Hindi. My patient, Ms. M, was 16 years old and struggling to adjust to her new life in the United States, having recently come from India. America’s schooling, culture, and “open society” was a contrast to her life in a semi-rural town, especially her close-knit family structure in which her parents and siblings are everything. Due to their cultural beliefs and religious faith in Islam, both Ms. M and her father were initially resistant to begin treatment for her depression and anxiety. “Let’s give it a trial” was the attitude I finally got from the father. But to me, there was a clear discordance in the communication among the family members in addition to the primary mental illness that led them to come for treatment. I was attracted to work with this family because I had a reasonable understanding of their faith, their culture, and their family system, and I have an inclination toward spirituality. Even though I recognized this family’s social isolation, I wondered why they were still in a state of unrest, given their deep commitment to their faith.

Ms. M was isolating herself at home, in an environment that wasn’t supportive of talking about her concerns. These included being bullied for being “different,” for how she dressed, and for having home-cooked traditional meals for lunch, and being unable to socialize with most of her male peers, except for those from her same community. This led her to dream of returning to India.

The family did not have a social life. Ms. M told me, “I wanted to socialize, but I cannot because of my faith and religion.” So she chose to wear attire to identify with her mother and her culture of origin. She also did this to hide her emotional pain from enduring trauma related to bullying at her school. It was a challenge to understand how faith, resilience, and trauma were intermingled in Ms. M and her family.

I saw Ms. M and her family for 12 one-hour family psychotherapy sessions. The initial session unfolded uneasily. It was a challenge to build rapport and help them understand how family therapy works. Circular inquiries to each family member, specifically to get the mother’s point of view, brought mourning, shame, and guilt to this family. The importance of marriage, education, and immigration were processed in reference to their culture and their incomplete acculturation to life in the United States.

I wondered if there were other families with different cultural backgrounds who struggled with similar conflicts. I also wondered if those families understood the value of family therapy or had ever experienced this therapeutic process.

The 3 key signs that made me believe that this family was making progress through our work together included:

  • They complied with treatment; the family never missed a session.
  • The parents acknowledged that their daughter was doing better.
  • The mother brought me a dinner as a gesture of gratitude in our last session. This is a particularly meaningful gesture on the part of people with their cultural background.

I clearly remember our first meeting, when Ms. M asked me disapprovingly about family therapy, “Why do we need to come here? Can’t we do it at home?” The question itself gave me the answer, for our goal for family therapy was to get her to function better at home and school. Although we ended our work together after 12 sessions, I hope this family continues to participate in therapy, to resolve the difficulties they are now aware of as a result of our family work.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
e1-e2
Page Number
e1-e2
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Family therapy and cultural conflicts
Display Headline
Family therapy and cultural conflicts
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Article PDF Media

Antipsychotics for patients with dementia: The road less traveled

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 03/04/2019 - 15:30
Display Headline
Antipsychotics for patients with dementia: The road less traveled

As psychiatrists treating an aging population, we frequently face the daunting challenges of managing medically complex and behaviorally unstable patients whose fragile condition tests the brightest among us. As our population enters late life, not only are physicians confronted with aging patients whose bodies have decreased renal and hepatic function, but we also face the challenges of the aging brain, severed neuronal networks, and neurotransmitter diminution. These physiological changes can alter treatment response, increase the frequency of adverse effects, and increase the likelihood of emergence of behavioral and psychological symptoms.

During the past decade, the number of people reaching age 65 has dramatically increased. As life expectancy improves, the “oldest old”—those age 85 and older—are the fastest-growing segment of the population. The prevalence of cognitive impairment, including mild cognitive impairment and dementia, in this cohort is >40%.1 Roughly 90% of patients with dementia will develop clinically significant behavioral problems at some point in the course of their illness.2

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD) have a tremendous impact on the quality of life for both patients and their caregivers. We are experts in understanding these behaviors and crafting nonpharmacologic treatment plans to manage them. Understanding the context in which behaviors emerge allows us to modify the environment, communication strategies, and other potential triggers, in turn reducing the need for pharmacologic intervention.

However, when nonpharmacologic interventions have been exhausted, what are the options? Antipsychotics have been one of the approaches used to address the challenges of behavioral disturbances and psychosis occurring in dementia. Unfortunately, there is conflicting evidence regarding the risks and benefits associated with the use of antipsychotics in this population. In this article, we provide a roadmap for the judicious use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia.

 

Weighing the risks and benefits of antipsychotics

Until better treatment options become available, second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) continue to have an important but limited role in the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia. Although safety risks exist, they can be minimized through the careful selection of appropriate patients for treatment, close monitoring, and effective communication with patients and caregivers before and during treatment.

Several studies examining the efficacy of antipsychotics in the treatment of BPSD have demonstrated an increased risk of cerebrovascular events, including stroke and death due to any cause.3 This evidence prompted the FDA to issue a “black-box” warning in 2005 to highlight the increased risk of mortality for patients with dementia who are treated with SGAs.4 Both first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) and SGAs have been associated with higher rates of mortality than most other psychotropic classes, except anticonvulsants. This increased mortality risk has been shown to persist for at least 6 to 12 months.5,6 FGAs appear to be associated with a greater mortality risk compared with SGAs. As a result, if antipsychotic treatment is necessary, the use of FGAs in this population is not recommended.


The potential mechanisms leading to stroke and death remain unclear. They could include orthostatic hypotension, anticholinergic adverse effects, QT prolongation, platelet aggregation effects, and venous thromboembolism. The presence of cardiovascular and vascular risk factors, electrolyte imbalances, cardiac arrhythmias, and concomitant use of medications that prolong the QTc interval may confer additional risks.

Continued to: Although the use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia...

 

 

Although the use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia may increase the risk of mortality, the absolute increased risk to a given individual, at least with short-term treatment, is likely small. The risk may also vary depending on the choice of SGA. Patients who were treated with quetiapine had a slightly lower risk of death than those who were treated risperidone.5 Death rates among patients prescribed aripiprazole, olanzapine, and ziprasidone were similar to the death rates of patients who were treated with risperidone. Compared with patients who were treated with risperidone, patients who were treated with the FGA haloperidol were twice as likely to die during a subsequent 6-month observation period. The largest number of deaths occurred during the first 40 days of treatment.5

While this increased risk of mortality is an important factor to discuss with patients and caregivers when deciding whether to initiate antipsychotic treatment, it is also important to put it into perspective. For example, the risk of suddenly dying from a stroke or heart attack for a person with dementia who is not taking an antipsychotic is approximately 2%. When an individual is started on one of these agents, that risk increases to approximately 4%. While the mortality risk is doubled, it remains relatively small.4 When faced with verbal or physical assaults, hostility, paranoid ideations, or other psychotic symptoms, many families feel that this relatively low risk does not outweigh the potential benefits of reducing caregiver and patient distress. If nonpharmacologic and/or other pharmacologic interventions have failed, the treatment has reached a point of no good alternatives and therapy should then focus on minimizing risk.

 

Informed consent is essential. A discussion of risks and benefits with the patient, family, or other decision-makers should focus on the risk of stroke, potential metabolic effects, and mortality, as well as potential worsening of cognitive decline associated with antipsychotic treatment. This should be weighed together with the evidence that suggests psychosis and agitation are associated with earlier nursing home admission and death.7,8 Families should be given ample time and opportunity to ask questions. Alternatives to immediate initiation of antipsychotics should be thoroughly reviewed.

Despite the above-noted risks, expert consensus suggests that the use of antipsychotics in the treatment of individuals with dementia can be appropriate, particularly in individuals with dangerous agitation or psychosis.9 These agents can minimize the risk of violence, reduce patient distress, improve the patient’s quality of life, and reduce caregiver burden. In clinical trials, the benefits of antipsychotics have been modest. Nevertheless, evidence has shown that these agents can reduce psychosis, agitation, aggression, hostility, and suspiciousness, which makes them a valid option when other interventions have proven insufficient.

Target specific symptoms

Despite this article’s focus on the appropriate use of antipsychotics for patients with BPSD, it is important to emphasize that the first-line approach to the management of BPSD in this population should always be a person-centered, psychosocial, multidisciplinary, nonpharmacologic approach that focuses on identifying triggers and treating potentially modifiable contributors to behavioral symptoms. Table 110 outlines common underlying causes of BPSD in dementia that should be assessed before prescribing an antipsychotic.

Continued to: Alternative psychopharmacologic treatments...

 

 

Alternative psychopharmacologic treatments based on a psychobehavioral metaphor should also be considered (Table 211). This approach matches the dominant target symptoms to the most relevant medication class.11 For example, in the case of a verbally and physically agitated patient who is also irritable, negative, socially withdrawn, and appears dysphoric, we might first undertake a trial of an antidepressant. Conversely, if the patient shows agitation in the context of increased motor activity, loud and rapid speech, and affective lability, we might consider the use of a mood stabilizer. Pharmacologic treatment should be aimed at the modification of clearly identified and documented target behaviors.



Indications to use antipsychotics for patients with dementia include:

  • severe agitation and aggression associated with risk of harm
  • delusions and hallucinations
  • comorbid preexisting mental health conditions (eg, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, treatment-resistant depression, etc.).
 

Symptoms that do not usually respond to an antipsychotic include wandering, social withdrawal, shouting, pacing, touching, cognitive defects, and incontinence.12 These symptoms may respond to interventions such as changes to the environment.

Continued to: Choosing an antipsychotic

Choosing an antipsychotic

Once you have identified that an antipsychotic is truly indicated, the choice of an agent will focus on patient-related factors. Considerations such as frailty, comorbid medical conditions including diabetes, history of falls, hepatic insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias, and cerebrovascular risk factors, should all be analyzed prior to initiating an antipsychotic. The presence of these conditions will increase the likelihood that adverse effects may occur. It will also guide the dose trajectory and the target dose for discontinuation. Antipsychotics differ with respect to their efficacy and adverse effect profile. For practical purposes, adverse effects typically guide the selection of these agents when used for patients with dementia.

Continued to: Gradual structural changes occur...

 

 

Gradual structural changes occur in the dopaminergic system with age and increase the propensity for antipsychotic adverse effects. The number of dopaminergic neurons and D2 receptors decreases approximately 10% per decade. In order to avoid the development of adverse effects related to extrapyramidal symptoms, approximately 20% of receptors need to be free. FGAs tend to block approximately 90% of D2 receptors, whereas SGAs block less than 70% to 80% and dissociate more rapidly from D2 receptors.13 FGAs should therefore be avoided, as they have been associated with numerous adverse effects, including parkinsonism, tardive dyskinesia, akathisia, sedation, peripheral and central anticholinergic effects, postural hypotension, cardiac conduction defects, and falls. As noted above, they have been linked to a greater risk of mortality (Figure14 ).



When the decision to use an antipsychotic agent is made for a person with dementia, SGAs appear to be a better choice. There appear to be modest differences within the class of SGAs in terms of effectiveness, tolerability, and adverse effect profile. Although the association between the dose of an antipsychotic and the risk of mortality or stroke remains undefined, other common adverse effects, such as sedation, extrapyramidal symptoms, and risk of falls, can be reduced by starting at the lowest dose possible and titrating slowly.

 

Dosing considerations

When beginning treatment with an antipsychotic, the starting dose should be as low as possible. This is particularly important for patients who are older, frail, cognitively impaired, or who carry a specific, significant risk that the antipsychotic may increase, such as a risk for falling. The starting dose can be divided or scheduled according to the behavior. For example, a lunchtime dose may be appropriate for patients exhibiting increased agitation towards the end of the day (“sundowning”). A good rule of thumb is to administer a dose approximately 2 hours before the behaviors typically occur. While there is no formal evidence from clinical trials to support this type of dosing schedule, clinical experience has shown it to have merit.

Dose increments should be modest and, in a nonemergent setting, may be adjusted at weekly intervals depending on response. Prior to starting a treatment trial, it is advisable to estimate what will constitute a worthwhile clinical response, the duration of treatment, and the maximum dose. Avoid high doses or prolonged use of antipsychotics that have not significantly improved the target behavior.

 

When the decision to use a SGA is made, choosing the initial starting dose is challenging given that none of these medications has an indication for use in this population. We propose doses that have been used in completed randomized trials that reflect the best information available about the dose likely to maximize benefit and minimize risk. On the basis of those trials, reasonable starting doses would be15-22:

  • quetiapine 25 to 50 mg/d
  • risperidone 0.5 to 1 mg/d
  • aripiprazole 2 to 10 mg/d
  • olanzapine 2.5 to 5 mg/d
  • ziprasidone 20 mg/d

 

Continued to: The highest doses tested...

 

 

The highest doses tested for each of these compounds in randomized clinical trials for this population were: risperidone 2 mg/d, olanzapine 10 mg/d, and aripiprazole 15 mg/d. A wide variety of maximum doses of quetiapine were studied in clinical trials, with a top dose of 200 mg being most common. It is worth noting that doses higher than these have been used for other indications.15-22

Quetiapine. One of the most commonly prescribed antipsychotics for the treatment of BPSD in individuals with memory disorders is quetiapine. The reasons for this preference include a low risk of extrapyramidal adverse effects, flexibility of dosing, ability to use lower dosages, and evidence of the lower risk of mortality when compared with other second-generation agents.5,15 If an antipsychotic is indicated, quetiapine should be considered as a first-line antipsychotic therapy. Quetiapine has well-established effects on mood, anxiety, and sleep, all of which can be disrupted in dementia and can act as drivers for agitation.5,15 Starting quetiapine may mitigate the need for separate agents to treat insomnia, loss of appetite, or anxiety, although it is not FDA-indicated for these comorbid conditions. Quetiapine is also less likely to exacerbate motor symptoms compared with other SGAs but has the potential to increase the risk of falls, and orthostasis, and carries a considerable anticholinergic burden.5,15

Risperidone has been shown to provide modest improvements in some people exhibiting symptoms of aggression, agitation, and psychosis.5,15 There is no evidence that risperidone is any more effective than other SGAs, but it has been tested on more geriatric patients than other SGAs. The fact that it is also available in an orally disintegrating tablet makes it a practical treatment in certain populations of patients, such as those who have difficulty swallowing. Risperidone carries the highest extrapyramidal symptom burden among the SGAs due to its potent D2 receptor binding. 5,15

Aripiprazole. There have been several studies of aripiprazole for the treatment of psychosis and agitation in Alzheimer’s dementia.15 This medication showed modest effect and was generally well tolerated. Aripiprazole appears to have less associated weight gain, which may be pertinent for some patients. It also appears to be less sedating than many of the other SGAs. However, some patients may experience activation or insomnia with this agent, particularly with doses <15 mg/d. This activating effect may be beneficial for treating comorbid depressive symptoms, although lower doses could theoretically worsen psychosis due to the activating effects.

Aripiprazole has also been studied in Parkinson’s disease. While some patients had favorable responses with improvement in psychosis and behavioral disturbances, this medication was also associated with worsening of motor symptoms. Certain individuals also experienced a worsening of their psychosis.23 For this reason, it is unlikely to be a useful agent for patients displaying evidence of parkinsonism, Parkinson’s dementia, or dementia with Lewy bodies.

 

Olanzapine. Several studies have shown that low-dose olanzapine has been modestly effective in decreasing agitation and aggression in patients suffering from Alzheimer’s and vascular dementias.24 The medication is also available in an orally disintegrating form, which may be beneficial when treating individuals whose swallowing abilities are compromised. Olanzapine also has been associated with significant weight gain and metabolic syndrome.24

Continued to: Ziprasidone

 

 

Ziprasidone. There are no specific studies of ziprasidone for geriatric patients and none for patients with dementia. However, case reports have suggested both oral and injectable forms of the medication may be well tolerated and have some benefit in treating agitation in this population.25 Based on evidence from younger populations, ziprasidone is less likely to be associated with weight gain or orthostatic hypotension. Medication has been associated with QTc prolongation and should be used with caution and monitored with an ECG.

The initial dosing and potential adverse effects of quetiapine, risperidone, aripiprazole, olanzapine, and ziprasidone are highlighted in Table 3.10

Other SGAs. Newer antipsychotics have recently become available and may serve as additional tools for managing BPSD in the future. Unfortunately, there are currently no available studies regarding their efficacy in the treatment of agitation and psychosis in dementia. One notable exception is pimavaserin, a serotonin 2A receptor inverse agonist. This medication has recently been FDA-approved for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease psychosis. The medication was extensively studied in older patients. It appeared to be effective in reducing delusions and hallucinations while not impairing motor function or causing sedation or hypotension.23 Additional studies are currently ongoing for the treatment of Alzheimer’s dementia psychosis.

 

Monitor treatment, consider discontinuation

American Psychiatric Association guidelines on the use of antipsychotics to treat agitation or psychosis in patients with dementia currently recommend that clinicians use a quantitative measure to track symptoms and response to treatment.26 These measures may be formal, such as an overall assessment of symptom severity on a Likert scale, or as simple as monitoring the changes in the frequency of periods of agitation.

After starting an antipsychotic, a follow-up appointment should typically take place within 1 month. If the patient is at high risk for developing adverse effects, or if the symptoms are severe, a follow-up appointment for monitoring the response to treatment and potential adverse effects should occur within 1 week. At a minimum, expert consensus suggests follow-up visits should occur every 3 months.

If there is no clinical response after 4 weeks of adequate dosing of an anti­psychotic, the medication should be tapered and withdrawn. Switching to an alternative agent may be appropriate.

Many patients will have only partial remission of target symptoms. Therefore, increasing the dose or switching to an alternative agent may be necessary. Concurrent use of multiple antipsychotic agents should be avoided.

Continued to: Maintenance treatment may be appropriate

 

 

Maintenance treatment may be appropriate for patients who have demonstrated a clear benefit from antipsychotic treatment without undue adverse effects, and in whom a trial dose reduction has resulted in reappearance of the target symptoms. A formal monitoring plan to assess changes in response and the significance of adverse effects should be in place. Review the target behavior, changes in function, and significance of adverse effects at least every 3 months.

How to approach discontinuation

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia are frequently temporary. If the patient has been stable, gradual dose reduction and eventual discontinuation of antipsychotics should be attempted every 3 months. Studies have reported that most patients who were taken off antipsychotics for treating BPSD showed no worsening of behavioral symptoms.27

Discontinuation of antipsychotics should be done gradually by reducing the dose by 50% every 2 weeks, and then stopping after 2 weeks on the minimum dose, with monitoring for recurrence of target symptoms or emergence of new ones. The longer a medication has been prescribed, the slower the withdrawal occurs. Thus, the possibility of emerging symptoms related to drug withdrawal will lessen.

A roadmap for judicious prescribing

Table 4  summarizes the take-home points when prescribing an antipsychotic to treat BPSD for a patient who has dementia. Although SGAs may be associated with significant adverse effects and risks, they can be appropriate for treating BPSD in patients with dementia, particularly for individuals with dangerous agitation or psychosis. These agents can minimize the risk of violence, reduce patient distress, improve the patient’s quality of life, and reduce caregiver burden. In clinical trials, the benefits of antipsychotic medications have been modest. Nevertheless, evidence suggests SGAs can reduce psychosis, agitation, aggression, hostility, and suspiciousness, which makes them a valid option to consider when those symptoms are present and other interventions have proven insufficient.

When underlying treatable or reversible causes of BPSD in dementia have been ruled out or nonpharmacologic treatments have failed, a trial of an antipsychotic may be indicated. The choice of agent should focus on patient-related factors and on clearly identified target behaviors. Treatment should be started at a low dose and titrated cautiously to the lowest effective dose.

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia are frequently temporary. Therefore, a gradual reduction and eventual withdrawal of antipsychotic medications should be attempted every 3 months. Studies indicate that most patients are able to tolerate elimination of antipsychotic medications with no worsening of behavioral symptoms.

Despite the limitations of treatment, SGAs remain a valid consideration when other interventions have proven insufficient. However, judicious use of these agents remains the cornerstone of therapy.

Bottom Line 

Until better treatment options become available, second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) continue to have an important, albeit limited, role in the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia. Despite the limitations of treatment, SGAs remain a valid consideration when other interventions have proven insufficient. However, judicious use of these agents remains the cornerstone of therapy.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Haloperidol • Haldol
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Pimavanserin • Nuplazid
Risperidone • Risperdal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Ziprasidone • Geodon

References

1. Gardner RC, Valcour V, Yaffe K. Dementia in the oldest old: a multi-factorial and growing public health issue. Alzheimers Res Ther. 2013;5(4):27.
2. Tariot PN, Blazina L. The psychopathology of dementia. In: Morris JC, ed. Handbook of dementing illnesses. New York, NY: Marcel Dekker Inc.; 1993:461-475.
3. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA. 2005;294:1934-1943.
4. Lenzer J. FDA warns about using antipsychotic drugs for dementia. BMJ. 2005;330(7497):922.
5. Kales HC, Valenstein M, Kim HM, et al. Mortality risk in patients with dementia treated with antipsychotics versus other psychiatric medications. Am J Psychiatry. 2007;164(10):1568-1576; quiz 1623.
6. Gill SS, Bronskill SE, Normand SL, et al. Antipsychotic drug use and mortality in older adults with dementia. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(11):775-786.
7. Okura T, Plassman BL, Steffens DC, et al. Neuropsychiatric symptoms and the risk of institutionalization and death: the aging, demographics, and memory study. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2011;59:473-481.
8. Banerjee S, Murray J, Foley B, et al. Predictors of institutionalisation in people with dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2003;74:1315-1316.
9. Alexopoulos GS, Jeste DV, Chung H, et al. The expert consensus guideline series. Treatment of dementia and its behavioral disturbances. Introduction: methods, commentary, and summary. Postgrad Med. 2005;Spec No:6-22.
10. Burke AD, Hall G, Yaari R, et al. Pocket reference to Alzheimer’s disease management. Philadelphia, PA: Springer Healthcare Communications; 2015:39-46
11. Burke AD, Burke WJ, Tariot PN. Drug treatments for the behavioural and psychiatric symptoms of dementia. In: Ames D, O’Brien JT, Burns A, eds. Dementia, 5th ed. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press; 2016:231-252.
12. Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists. Antipsychotics in dementia: best practice guide. https://bpac.org.nz/a4d/resources/docs/bpac_A4D_best_practice_guide.pdf. Accessed September 4, 2018.
13. Nyberg L, Backman L. Cognitive aging: a view from brain imaging. In: Dixon RA, Backman L, Nilsson LG, eds. New frontiers in cognitive aging. Oxford: Oxford Univ Press; 2004:135-60.
14. Huybrechts KF, Gerhard T, Crystal S, et al. Differential risk of death in older residents in nursing homes prescribed specific antipsychotic drugs: population based cohort study. BMJ. 2012;344:e977. doi: 10.1136/bmj.e977.
15. Burke AD, Tariot PN. Atypical antipsychotics in the elderly: a review of therapeutic trends and clinical outcomes. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2009;10(15):2407-2414.
16. De Deyn PP, Rabheru K, Rasmussen A, et al. A randomized trial of risperidone, placebo, and haloperidol for behavioral symptoms of dementia. Neurology.1999;53(5):946-955.
17. De Deyn PP, Jeste DV, Auby P, et al. Aripiprazole in dementia of the Alzheimer’s type. Poster presented at: 16th Annual Meeting of American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry; March 1-4, 2003; Honolulu, HI.
18. Lopez OL, Becker JT, Chang YF, et al. The long-term effects of conventional and atypical antipsychotics in patients with probable Alzheimer’s disease. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(9):1051-1058.
19. Mintzer J, Weiner M, Greenspan A, et al. Efficacy and safety of a flexible dose of risperidone versus placebo in the treatment of psychosis of Alzheimer’s disease. In: International College of Geriatric Psychopharmacology. Basel, Switzerland; 2004.
20. Mintzer JE, Tune LE, Breder CD, et al. Aripiprazole for the treatment of psychoses in institutionalized patients with Alzheimer dementia: a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled assessment of three fixed doses. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(11):918-931.
21. Sultzer DL, Davis SM, Tariot PN, et al; CATIE-AD Study Group. Clinical symptom responses to atypical antipsychotic medications in Alzheimer’s disease: phase 1 outcomes from the CATIE-AD effectiveness trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165(7):844-854.
22. Zhong KX, Tariot PN, Mintzer J, et al. Quetiapine to treat agitation in dementia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Curr Alzheimer Res. 2007;4(1):81-93.
23. Bozymski KM, Lowe DK, Pasternak KM, et al. Pimavanserin: a novel antipsychotic for Parkinson’s disease psychosis. Ann Pharmacother. 2017;51(6):479-487.
24. Moretti R, Torre R, Antonello T, et al. Olanzapine as a possible treatment of behavioral symptoms in vascular dementia: risks of cerebrovascular events. J Neurol. 2005;252:1186. 
25. Cole SA, Saleem R, Shea WP, et al. Ziprasidone for agitation or psychosis in dementia: four cases. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2005;35(1):91-98.
26. Reus VI, Fochtmann LJ, Eyler AE, et al. The American Psychiatric Association practice guideline on the use of antipsychotics to treat agitation or psychosis in patients with dementia. Am J Psychiatry. 2016;173(5):543-546.
27. Horwitz GJ, Tariot PN, Mead K, et al. Discontinuation of antipsychotics in nursing home patients with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1995;3(4):290-299.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Anna D. Burke, MD
Director
Alzheimer’s and Memory Division
Barrow Neurological Institute
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
University of Arizona College of Medicine
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Creighton University School of Medicine
Phoenix, Arizona

William J. Burke, MD
Director
Stead Family Memory Center
Banner Alzheimer’s Institute
Research Professor of Psychiatry
University of Arizona College of Medicine
Phoenix, Arizona

Disclosures
Dr. Anna D. Burke reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. William J. Burke receives federal and state grants or research support from the Alzheimer’s Clinical Trial Consortium, Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Studies, Alzheimer’s Therapeutic Research Institute, and National Institute on Aging. He receives industry support to Banner Alzheimer’s Institute from AbbVie, AstraZeneca, Avid, Biogen, Eli Lily, Global Alzheimer’s Platform Foundation, Janssen, Merck, Novartis, Roche, and Suven. He is a consultant to Optum Labs and Otsuka Pharmaceuticals (Data Safety Monitory Board).

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
26-32,35-37
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Anna D. Burke, MD
Director
Alzheimer’s and Memory Division
Barrow Neurological Institute
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
University of Arizona College of Medicine
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Creighton University School of Medicine
Phoenix, Arizona

William J. Burke, MD
Director
Stead Family Memory Center
Banner Alzheimer’s Institute
Research Professor of Psychiatry
University of Arizona College of Medicine
Phoenix, Arizona

Disclosures
Dr. Anna D. Burke reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. William J. Burke receives federal and state grants or research support from the Alzheimer’s Clinical Trial Consortium, Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Studies, Alzheimer’s Therapeutic Research Institute, and National Institute on Aging. He receives industry support to Banner Alzheimer’s Institute from AbbVie, AstraZeneca, Avid, Biogen, Eli Lily, Global Alzheimer’s Platform Foundation, Janssen, Merck, Novartis, Roche, and Suven. He is a consultant to Optum Labs and Otsuka Pharmaceuticals (Data Safety Monitory Board).

Author and Disclosure Information

Anna D. Burke, MD
Director
Alzheimer’s and Memory Division
Barrow Neurological Institute
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
University of Arizona College of Medicine
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Creighton University School of Medicine
Phoenix, Arizona

William J. Burke, MD
Director
Stead Family Memory Center
Banner Alzheimer’s Institute
Research Professor of Psychiatry
University of Arizona College of Medicine
Phoenix, Arizona

Disclosures
Dr. Anna D. Burke reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. William J. Burke receives federal and state grants or research support from the Alzheimer’s Clinical Trial Consortium, Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Studies, Alzheimer’s Therapeutic Research Institute, and National Institute on Aging. He receives industry support to Banner Alzheimer’s Institute from AbbVie, AstraZeneca, Avid, Biogen, Eli Lily, Global Alzheimer’s Platform Foundation, Janssen, Merck, Novartis, Roche, and Suven. He is a consultant to Optum Labs and Otsuka Pharmaceuticals (Data Safety Monitory Board).

Article PDF
Article PDF

As psychiatrists treating an aging population, we frequently face the daunting challenges of managing medically complex and behaviorally unstable patients whose fragile condition tests the brightest among us. As our population enters late life, not only are physicians confronted with aging patients whose bodies have decreased renal and hepatic function, but we also face the challenges of the aging brain, severed neuronal networks, and neurotransmitter diminution. These physiological changes can alter treatment response, increase the frequency of adverse effects, and increase the likelihood of emergence of behavioral and psychological symptoms.

During the past decade, the number of people reaching age 65 has dramatically increased. As life expectancy improves, the “oldest old”—those age 85 and older—are the fastest-growing segment of the population. The prevalence of cognitive impairment, including mild cognitive impairment and dementia, in this cohort is >40%.1 Roughly 90% of patients with dementia will develop clinically significant behavioral problems at some point in the course of their illness.2

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD) have a tremendous impact on the quality of life for both patients and their caregivers. We are experts in understanding these behaviors and crafting nonpharmacologic treatment plans to manage them. Understanding the context in which behaviors emerge allows us to modify the environment, communication strategies, and other potential triggers, in turn reducing the need for pharmacologic intervention.

However, when nonpharmacologic interventions have been exhausted, what are the options? Antipsychotics have been one of the approaches used to address the challenges of behavioral disturbances and psychosis occurring in dementia. Unfortunately, there is conflicting evidence regarding the risks and benefits associated with the use of antipsychotics in this population. In this article, we provide a roadmap for the judicious use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia.

 

Weighing the risks and benefits of antipsychotics

Until better treatment options become available, second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) continue to have an important but limited role in the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia. Although safety risks exist, they can be minimized through the careful selection of appropriate patients for treatment, close monitoring, and effective communication with patients and caregivers before and during treatment.

Several studies examining the efficacy of antipsychotics in the treatment of BPSD have demonstrated an increased risk of cerebrovascular events, including stroke and death due to any cause.3 This evidence prompted the FDA to issue a “black-box” warning in 2005 to highlight the increased risk of mortality for patients with dementia who are treated with SGAs.4 Both first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) and SGAs have been associated with higher rates of mortality than most other psychotropic classes, except anticonvulsants. This increased mortality risk has been shown to persist for at least 6 to 12 months.5,6 FGAs appear to be associated with a greater mortality risk compared with SGAs. As a result, if antipsychotic treatment is necessary, the use of FGAs in this population is not recommended.


The potential mechanisms leading to stroke and death remain unclear. They could include orthostatic hypotension, anticholinergic adverse effects, QT prolongation, platelet aggregation effects, and venous thromboembolism. The presence of cardiovascular and vascular risk factors, electrolyte imbalances, cardiac arrhythmias, and concomitant use of medications that prolong the QTc interval may confer additional risks.

Continued to: Although the use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia...

 

 

Although the use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia may increase the risk of mortality, the absolute increased risk to a given individual, at least with short-term treatment, is likely small. The risk may also vary depending on the choice of SGA. Patients who were treated with quetiapine had a slightly lower risk of death than those who were treated risperidone.5 Death rates among patients prescribed aripiprazole, olanzapine, and ziprasidone were similar to the death rates of patients who were treated with risperidone. Compared with patients who were treated with risperidone, patients who were treated with the FGA haloperidol were twice as likely to die during a subsequent 6-month observation period. The largest number of deaths occurred during the first 40 days of treatment.5

While this increased risk of mortality is an important factor to discuss with patients and caregivers when deciding whether to initiate antipsychotic treatment, it is also important to put it into perspective. For example, the risk of suddenly dying from a stroke or heart attack for a person with dementia who is not taking an antipsychotic is approximately 2%. When an individual is started on one of these agents, that risk increases to approximately 4%. While the mortality risk is doubled, it remains relatively small.4 When faced with verbal or physical assaults, hostility, paranoid ideations, or other psychotic symptoms, many families feel that this relatively low risk does not outweigh the potential benefits of reducing caregiver and patient distress. If nonpharmacologic and/or other pharmacologic interventions have failed, the treatment has reached a point of no good alternatives and therapy should then focus on minimizing risk.

 

Informed consent is essential. A discussion of risks and benefits with the patient, family, or other decision-makers should focus on the risk of stroke, potential metabolic effects, and mortality, as well as potential worsening of cognitive decline associated with antipsychotic treatment. This should be weighed together with the evidence that suggests psychosis and agitation are associated with earlier nursing home admission and death.7,8 Families should be given ample time and opportunity to ask questions. Alternatives to immediate initiation of antipsychotics should be thoroughly reviewed.

Despite the above-noted risks, expert consensus suggests that the use of antipsychotics in the treatment of individuals with dementia can be appropriate, particularly in individuals with dangerous agitation or psychosis.9 These agents can minimize the risk of violence, reduce patient distress, improve the patient’s quality of life, and reduce caregiver burden. In clinical trials, the benefits of antipsychotics have been modest. Nevertheless, evidence has shown that these agents can reduce psychosis, agitation, aggression, hostility, and suspiciousness, which makes them a valid option when other interventions have proven insufficient.

Target specific symptoms

Despite this article’s focus on the appropriate use of antipsychotics for patients with BPSD, it is important to emphasize that the first-line approach to the management of BPSD in this population should always be a person-centered, psychosocial, multidisciplinary, nonpharmacologic approach that focuses on identifying triggers and treating potentially modifiable contributors to behavioral symptoms. Table 110 outlines common underlying causes of BPSD in dementia that should be assessed before prescribing an antipsychotic.

Continued to: Alternative psychopharmacologic treatments...

 

 

Alternative psychopharmacologic treatments based on a psychobehavioral metaphor should also be considered (Table 211). This approach matches the dominant target symptoms to the most relevant medication class.11 For example, in the case of a verbally and physically agitated patient who is also irritable, negative, socially withdrawn, and appears dysphoric, we might first undertake a trial of an antidepressant. Conversely, if the patient shows agitation in the context of increased motor activity, loud and rapid speech, and affective lability, we might consider the use of a mood stabilizer. Pharmacologic treatment should be aimed at the modification of clearly identified and documented target behaviors.



Indications to use antipsychotics for patients with dementia include:

  • severe agitation and aggression associated with risk of harm
  • delusions and hallucinations
  • comorbid preexisting mental health conditions (eg, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, treatment-resistant depression, etc.).
 

Symptoms that do not usually respond to an antipsychotic include wandering, social withdrawal, shouting, pacing, touching, cognitive defects, and incontinence.12 These symptoms may respond to interventions such as changes to the environment.

Continued to: Choosing an antipsychotic

Choosing an antipsychotic

Once you have identified that an antipsychotic is truly indicated, the choice of an agent will focus on patient-related factors. Considerations such as frailty, comorbid medical conditions including diabetes, history of falls, hepatic insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias, and cerebrovascular risk factors, should all be analyzed prior to initiating an antipsychotic. The presence of these conditions will increase the likelihood that adverse effects may occur. It will also guide the dose trajectory and the target dose for discontinuation. Antipsychotics differ with respect to their efficacy and adverse effect profile. For practical purposes, adverse effects typically guide the selection of these agents when used for patients with dementia.

Continued to: Gradual structural changes occur...

 

 

Gradual structural changes occur in the dopaminergic system with age and increase the propensity for antipsychotic adverse effects. The number of dopaminergic neurons and D2 receptors decreases approximately 10% per decade. In order to avoid the development of adverse effects related to extrapyramidal symptoms, approximately 20% of receptors need to be free. FGAs tend to block approximately 90% of D2 receptors, whereas SGAs block less than 70% to 80% and dissociate more rapidly from D2 receptors.13 FGAs should therefore be avoided, as they have been associated with numerous adverse effects, including parkinsonism, tardive dyskinesia, akathisia, sedation, peripheral and central anticholinergic effects, postural hypotension, cardiac conduction defects, and falls. As noted above, they have been linked to a greater risk of mortality (Figure14 ).



When the decision to use an antipsychotic agent is made for a person with dementia, SGAs appear to be a better choice. There appear to be modest differences within the class of SGAs in terms of effectiveness, tolerability, and adverse effect profile. Although the association between the dose of an antipsychotic and the risk of mortality or stroke remains undefined, other common adverse effects, such as sedation, extrapyramidal symptoms, and risk of falls, can be reduced by starting at the lowest dose possible and titrating slowly.

 

Dosing considerations

When beginning treatment with an antipsychotic, the starting dose should be as low as possible. This is particularly important for patients who are older, frail, cognitively impaired, or who carry a specific, significant risk that the antipsychotic may increase, such as a risk for falling. The starting dose can be divided or scheduled according to the behavior. For example, a lunchtime dose may be appropriate for patients exhibiting increased agitation towards the end of the day (“sundowning”). A good rule of thumb is to administer a dose approximately 2 hours before the behaviors typically occur. While there is no formal evidence from clinical trials to support this type of dosing schedule, clinical experience has shown it to have merit.

Dose increments should be modest and, in a nonemergent setting, may be adjusted at weekly intervals depending on response. Prior to starting a treatment trial, it is advisable to estimate what will constitute a worthwhile clinical response, the duration of treatment, and the maximum dose. Avoid high doses or prolonged use of antipsychotics that have not significantly improved the target behavior.

 

When the decision to use a SGA is made, choosing the initial starting dose is challenging given that none of these medications has an indication for use in this population. We propose doses that have been used in completed randomized trials that reflect the best information available about the dose likely to maximize benefit and minimize risk. On the basis of those trials, reasonable starting doses would be15-22:

  • quetiapine 25 to 50 mg/d
  • risperidone 0.5 to 1 mg/d
  • aripiprazole 2 to 10 mg/d
  • olanzapine 2.5 to 5 mg/d
  • ziprasidone 20 mg/d

 

Continued to: The highest doses tested...

 

 

The highest doses tested for each of these compounds in randomized clinical trials for this population were: risperidone 2 mg/d, olanzapine 10 mg/d, and aripiprazole 15 mg/d. A wide variety of maximum doses of quetiapine were studied in clinical trials, with a top dose of 200 mg being most common. It is worth noting that doses higher than these have been used for other indications.15-22

Quetiapine. One of the most commonly prescribed antipsychotics for the treatment of BPSD in individuals with memory disorders is quetiapine. The reasons for this preference include a low risk of extrapyramidal adverse effects, flexibility of dosing, ability to use lower dosages, and evidence of the lower risk of mortality when compared with other second-generation agents.5,15 If an antipsychotic is indicated, quetiapine should be considered as a first-line antipsychotic therapy. Quetiapine has well-established effects on mood, anxiety, and sleep, all of which can be disrupted in dementia and can act as drivers for agitation.5,15 Starting quetiapine may mitigate the need for separate agents to treat insomnia, loss of appetite, or anxiety, although it is not FDA-indicated for these comorbid conditions. Quetiapine is also less likely to exacerbate motor symptoms compared with other SGAs but has the potential to increase the risk of falls, and orthostasis, and carries a considerable anticholinergic burden.5,15

Risperidone has been shown to provide modest improvements in some people exhibiting symptoms of aggression, agitation, and psychosis.5,15 There is no evidence that risperidone is any more effective than other SGAs, but it has been tested on more geriatric patients than other SGAs. The fact that it is also available in an orally disintegrating tablet makes it a practical treatment in certain populations of patients, such as those who have difficulty swallowing. Risperidone carries the highest extrapyramidal symptom burden among the SGAs due to its potent D2 receptor binding. 5,15

Aripiprazole. There have been several studies of aripiprazole for the treatment of psychosis and agitation in Alzheimer’s dementia.15 This medication showed modest effect and was generally well tolerated. Aripiprazole appears to have less associated weight gain, which may be pertinent for some patients. It also appears to be less sedating than many of the other SGAs. However, some patients may experience activation or insomnia with this agent, particularly with doses <15 mg/d. This activating effect may be beneficial for treating comorbid depressive symptoms, although lower doses could theoretically worsen psychosis due to the activating effects.

Aripiprazole has also been studied in Parkinson’s disease. While some patients had favorable responses with improvement in psychosis and behavioral disturbances, this medication was also associated with worsening of motor symptoms. Certain individuals also experienced a worsening of their psychosis.23 For this reason, it is unlikely to be a useful agent for patients displaying evidence of parkinsonism, Parkinson’s dementia, or dementia with Lewy bodies.

 

Olanzapine. Several studies have shown that low-dose olanzapine has been modestly effective in decreasing agitation and aggression in patients suffering from Alzheimer’s and vascular dementias.24 The medication is also available in an orally disintegrating form, which may be beneficial when treating individuals whose swallowing abilities are compromised. Olanzapine also has been associated with significant weight gain and metabolic syndrome.24

Continued to: Ziprasidone

 

 

Ziprasidone. There are no specific studies of ziprasidone for geriatric patients and none for patients with dementia. However, case reports have suggested both oral and injectable forms of the medication may be well tolerated and have some benefit in treating agitation in this population.25 Based on evidence from younger populations, ziprasidone is less likely to be associated with weight gain or orthostatic hypotension. Medication has been associated with QTc prolongation and should be used with caution and monitored with an ECG.

The initial dosing and potential adverse effects of quetiapine, risperidone, aripiprazole, olanzapine, and ziprasidone are highlighted in Table 3.10

Other SGAs. Newer antipsychotics have recently become available and may serve as additional tools for managing BPSD in the future. Unfortunately, there are currently no available studies regarding their efficacy in the treatment of agitation and psychosis in dementia. One notable exception is pimavaserin, a serotonin 2A receptor inverse agonist. This medication has recently been FDA-approved for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease psychosis. The medication was extensively studied in older patients. It appeared to be effective in reducing delusions and hallucinations while not impairing motor function or causing sedation or hypotension.23 Additional studies are currently ongoing for the treatment of Alzheimer’s dementia psychosis.

 

Monitor treatment, consider discontinuation

American Psychiatric Association guidelines on the use of antipsychotics to treat agitation or psychosis in patients with dementia currently recommend that clinicians use a quantitative measure to track symptoms and response to treatment.26 These measures may be formal, such as an overall assessment of symptom severity on a Likert scale, or as simple as monitoring the changes in the frequency of periods of agitation.

After starting an antipsychotic, a follow-up appointment should typically take place within 1 month. If the patient is at high risk for developing adverse effects, or if the symptoms are severe, a follow-up appointment for monitoring the response to treatment and potential adverse effects should occur within 1 week. At a minimum, expert consensus suggests follow-up visits should occur every 3 months.

If there is no clinical response after 4 weeks of adequate dosing of an anti­psychotic, the medication should be tapered and withdrawn. Switching to an alternative agent may be appropriate.

Many patients will have only partial remission of target symptoms. Therefore, increasing the dose or switching to an alternative agent may be necessary. Concurrent use of multiple antipsychotic agents should be avoided.

Continued to: Maintenance treatment may be appropriate

 

 

Maintenance treatment may be appropriate for patients who have demonstrated a clear benefit from antipsychotic treatment without undue adverse effects, and in whom a trial dose reduction has resulted in reappearance of the target symptoms. A formal monitoring plan to assess changes in response and the significance of adverse effects should be in place. Review the target behavior, changes in function, and significance of adverse effects at least every 3 months.

How to approach discontinuation

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia are frequently temporary. If the patient has been stable, gradual dose reduction and eventual discontinuation of antipsychotics should be attempted every 3 months. Studies have reported that most patients who were taken off antipsychotics for treating BPSD showed no worsening of behavioral symptoms.27

Discontinuation of antipsychotics should be done gradually by reducing the dose by 50% every 2 weeks, and then stopping after 2 weeks on the minimum dose, with monitoring for recurrence of target symptoms or emergence of new ones. The longer a medication has been prescribed, the slower the withdrawal occurs. Thus, the possibility of emerging symptoms related to drug withdrawal will lessen.

A roadmap for judicious prescribing

Table 4  summarizes the take-home points when prescribing an antipsychotic to treat BPSD for a patient who has dementia. Although SGAs may be associated with significant adverse effects and risks, they can be appropriate for treating BPSD in patients with dementia, particularly for individuals with dangerous agitation or psychosis. These agents can minimize the risk of violence, reduce patient distress, improve the patient’s quality of life, and reduce caregiver burden. In clinical trials, the benefits of antipsychotic medications have been modest. Nevertheless, evidence suggests SGAs can reduce psychosis, agitation, aggression, hostility, and suspiciousness, which makes them a valid option to consider when those symptoms are present and other interventions have proven insufficient.

When underlying treatable or reversible causes of BPSD in dementia have been ruled out or nonpharmacologic treatments have failed, a trial of an antipsychotic may be indicated. The choice of agent should focus on patient-related factors and on clearly identified target behaviors. Treatment should be started at a low dose and titrated cautiously to the lowest effective dose.

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia are frequently temporary. Therefore, a gradual reduction and eventual withdrawal of antipsychotic medications should be attempted every 3 months. Studies indicate that most patients are able to tolerate elimination of antipsychotic medications with no worsening of behavioral symptoms.

Despite the limitations of treatment, SGAs remain a valid consideration when other interventions have proven insufficient. However, judicious use of these agents remains the cornerstone of therapy.

Bottom Line 

Until better treatment options become available, second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) continue to have an important, albeit limited, role in the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia. Despite the limitations of treatment, SGAs remain a valid consideration when other interventions have proven insufficient. However, judicious use of these agents remains the cornerstone of therapy.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Haloperidol • Haldol
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Pimavanserin • Nuplazid
Risperidone • Risperdal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Ziprasidone • Geodon

As psychiatrists treating an aging population, we frequently face the daunting challenges of managing medically complex and behaviorally unstable patients whose fragile condition tests the brightest among us. As our population enters late life, not only are physicians confronted with aging patients whose bodies have decreased renal and hepatic function, but we also face the challenges of the aging brain, severed neuronal networks, and neurotransmitter diminution. These physiological changes can alter treatment response, increase the frequency of adverse effects, and increase the likelihood of emergence of behavioral and psychological symptoms.

During the past decade, the number of people reaching age 65 has dramatically increased. As life expectancy improves, the “oldest old”—those age 85 and older—are the fastest-growing segment of the population. The prevalence of cognitive impairment, including mild cognitive impairment and dementia, in this cohort is >40%.1 Roughly 90% of patients with dementia will develop clinically significant behavioral problems at some point in the course of their illness.2

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD) have a tremendous impact on the quality of life for both patients and their caregivers. We are experts in understanding these behaviors and crafting nonpharmacologic treatment plans to manage them. Understanding the context in which behaviors emerge allows us to modify the environment, communication strategies, and other potential triggers, in turn reducing the need for pharmacologic intervention.

However, when nonpharmacologic interventions have been exhausted, what are the options? Antipsychotics have been one of the approaches used to address the challenges of behavioral disturbances and psychosis occurring in dementia. Unfortunately, there is conflicting evidence regarding the risks and benefits associated with the use of antipsychotics in this population. In this article, we provide a roadmap for the judicious use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia.

 

Weighing the risks and benefits of antipsychotics

Until better treatment options become available, second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) continue to have an important but limited role in the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia. Although safety risks exist, they can be minimized through the careful selection of appropriate patients for treatment, close monitoring, and effective communication with patients and caregivers before and during treatment.

Several studies examining the efficacy of antipsychotics in the treatment of BPSD have demonstrated an increased risk of cerebrovascular events, including stroke and death due to any cause.3 This evidence prompted the FDA to issue a “black-box” warning in 2005 to highlight the increased risk of mortality for patients with dementia who are treated with SGAs.4 Both first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) and SGAs have been associated with higher rates of mortality than most other psychotropic classes, except anticonvulsants. This increased mortality risk has been shown to persist for at least 6 to 12 months.5,6 FGAs appear to be associated with a greater mortality risk compared with SGAs. As a result, if antipsychotic treatment is necessary, the use of FGAs in this population is not recommended.


The potential mechanisms leading to stroke and death remain unclear. They could include orthostatic hypotension, anticholinergic adverse effects, QT prolongation, platelet aggregation effects, and venous thromboembolism. The presence of cardiovascular and vascular risk factors, electrolyte imbalances, cardiac arrhythmias, and concomitant use of medications that prolong the QTc interval may confer additional risks.

Continued to: Although the use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia...

 

 

Although the use of antipsychotics for patients with dementia may increase the risk of mortality, the absolute increased risk to a given individual, at least with short-term treatment, is likely small. The risk may also vary depending on the choice of SGA. Patients who were treated with quetiapine had a slightly lower risk of death than those who were treated risperidone.5 Death rates among patients prescribed aripiprazole, olanzapine, and ziprasidone were similar to the death rates of patients who were treated with risperidone. Compared with patients who were treated with risperidone, patients who were treated with the FGA haloperidol were twice as likely to die during a subsequent 6-month observation period. The largest number of deaths occurred during the first 40 days of treatment.5

While this increased risk of mortality is an important factor to discuss with patients and caregivers when deciding whether to initiate antipsychotic treatment, it is also important to put it into perspective. For example, the risk of suddenly dying from a stroke or heart attack for a person with dementia who is not taking an antipsychotic is approximately 2%. When an individual is started on one of these agents, that risk increases to approximately 4%. While the mortality risk is doubled, it remains relatively small.4 When faced with verbal or physical assaults, hostility, paranoid ideations, or other psychotic symptoms, many families feel that this relatively low risk does not outweigh the potential benefits of reducing caregiver and patient distress. If nonpharmacologic and/or other pharmacologic interventions have failed, the treatment has reached a point of no good alternatives and therapy should then focus on minimizing risk.

 

Informed consent is essential. A discussion of risks and benefits with the patient, family, or other decision-makers should focus on the risk of stroke, potential metabolic effects, and mortality, as well as potential worsening of cognitive decline associated with antipsychotic treatment. This should be weighed together with the evidence that suggests psychosis and agitation are associated with earlier nursing home admission and death.7,8 Families should be given ample time and opportunity to ask questions. Alternatives to immediate initiation of antipsychotics should be thoroughly reviewed.

Despite the above-noted risks, expert consensus suggests that the use of antipsychotics in the treatment of individuals with dementia can be appropriate, particularly in individuals with dangerous agitation or psychosis.9 These agents can minimize the risk of violence, reduce patient distress, improve the patient’s quality of life, and reduce caregiver burden. In clinical trials, the benefits of antipsychotics have been modest. Nevertheless, evidence has shown that these agents can reduce psychosis, agitation, aggression, hostility, and suspiciousness, which makes them a valid option when other interventions have proven insufficient.

Target specific symptoms

Despite this article’s focus on the appropriate use of antipsychotics for patients with BPSD, it is important to emphasize that the first-line approach to the management of BPSD in this population should always be a person-centered, psychosocial, multidisciplinary, nonpharmacologic approach that focuses on identifying triggers and treating potentially modifiable contributors to behavioral symptoms. Table 110 outlines common underlying causes of BPSD in dementia that should be assessed before prescribing an antipsychotic.

Continued to: Alternative psychopharmacologic treatments...

 

 

Alternative psychopharmacologic treatments based on a psychobehavioral metaphor should also be considered (Table 211). This approach matches the dominant target symptoms to the most relevant medication class.11 For example, in the case of a verbally and physically agitated patient who is also irritable, negative, socially withdrawn, and appears dysphoric, we might first undertake a trial of an antidepressant. Conversely, if the patient shows agitation in the context of increased motor activity, loud and rapid speech, and affective lability, we might consider the use of a mood stabilizer. Pharmacologic treatment should be aimed at the modification of clearly identified and documented target behaviors.



Indications to use antipsychotics for patients with dementia include:

  • severe agitation and aggression associated with risk of harm
  • delusions and hallucinations
  • comorbid preexisting mental health conditions (eg, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, treatment-resistant depression, etc.).
 

Symptoms that do not usually respond to an antipsychotic include wandering, social withdrawal, shouting, pacing, touching, cognitive defects, and incontinence.12 These symptoms may respond to interventions such as changes to the environment.

Continued to: Choosing an antipsychotic

Choosing an antipsychotic

Once you have identified that an antipsychotic is truly indicated, the choice of an agent will focus on patient-related factors. Considerations such as frailty, comorbid medical conditions including diabetes, history of falls, hepatic insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias, and cerebrovascular risk factors, should all be analyzed prior to initiating an antipsychotic. The presence of these conditions will increase the likelihood that adverse effects may occur. It will also guide the dose trajectory and the target dose for discontinuation. Antipsychotics differ with respect to their efficacy and adverse effect profile. For practical purposes, adverse effects typically guide the selection of these agents when used for patients with dementia.

Continued to: Gradual structural changes occur...

 

 

Gradual structural changes occur in the dopaminergic system with age and increase the propensity for antipsychotic adverse effects. The number of dopaminergic neurons and D2 receptors decreases approximately 10% per decade. In order to avoid the development of adverse effects related to extrapyramidal symptoms, approximately 20% of receptors need to be free. FGAs tend to block approximately 90% of D2 receptors, whereas SGAs block less than 70% to 80% and dissociate more rapidly from D2 receptors.13 FGAs should therefore be avoided, as they have been associated with numerous adverse effects, including parkinsonism, tardive dyskinesia, akathisia, sedation, peripheral and central anticholinergic effects, postural hypotension, cardiac conduction defects, and falls. As noted above, they have been linked to a greater risk of mortality (Figure14 ).



When the decision to use an antipsychotic agent is made for a person with dementia, SGAs appear to be a better choice. There appear to be modest differences within the class of SGAs in terms of effectiveness, tolerability, and adverse effect profile. Although the association between the dose of an antipsychotic and the risk of mortality or stroke remains undefined, other common adverse effects, such as sedation, extrapyramidal symptoms, and risk of falls, can be reduced by starting at the lowest dose possible and titrating slowly.

 

Dosing considerations

When beginning treatment with an antipsychotic, the starting dose should be as low as possible. This is particularly important for patients who are older, frail, cognitively impaired, or who carry a specific, significant risk that the antipsychotic may increase, such as a risk for falling. The starting dose can be divided or scheduled according to the behavior. For example, a lunchtime dose may be appropriate for patients exhibiting increased agitation towards the end of the day (“sundowning”). A good rule of thumb is to administer a dose approximately 2 hours before the behaviors typically occur. While there is no formal evidence from clinical trials to support this type of dosing schedule, clinical experience has shown it to have merit.

Dose increments should be modest and, in a nonemergent setting, may be adjusted at weekly intervals depending on response. Prior to starting a treatment trial, it is advisable to estimate what will constitute a worthwhile clinical response, the duration of treatment, and the maximum dose. Avoid high doses or prolonged use of antipsychotics that have not significantly improved the target behavior.

 

When the decision to use a SGA is made, choosing the initial starting dose is challenging given that none of these medications has an indication for use in this population. We propose doses that have been used in completed randomized trials that reflect the best information available about the dose likely to maximize benefit and minimize risk. On the basis of those trials, reasonable starting doses would be15-22:

  • quetiapine 25 to 50 mg/d
  • risperidone 0.5 to 1 mg/d
  • aripiprazole 2 to 10 mg/d
  • olanzapine 2.5 to 5 mg/d
  • ziprasidone 20 mg/d

 

Continued to: The highest doses tested...

 

 

The highest doses tested for each of these compounds in randomized clinical trials for this population were: risperidone 2 mg/d, olanzapine 10 mg/d, and aripiprazole 15 mg/d. A wide variety of maximum doses of quetiapine were studied in clinical trials, with a top dose of 200 mg being most common. It is worth noting that doses higher than these have been used for other indications.15-22

Quetiapine. One of the most commonly prescribed antipsychotics for the treatment of BPSD in individuals with memory disorders is quetiapine. The reasons for this preference include a low risk of extrapyramidal adverse effects, flexibility of dosing, ability to use lower dosages, and evidence of the lower risk of mortality when compared with other second-generation agents.5,15 If an antipsychotic is indicated, quetiapine should be considered as a first-line antipsychotic therapy. Quetiapine has well-established effects on mood, anxiety, and sleep, all of which can be disrupted in dementia and can act as drivers for agitation.5,15 Starting quetiapine may mitigate the need for separate agents to treat insomnia, loss of appetite, or anxiety, although it is not FDA-indicated for these comorbid conditions. Quetiapine is also less likely to exacerbate motor symptoms compared with other SGAs but has the potential to increase the risk of falls, and orthostasis, and carries a considerable anticholinergic burden.5,15

Risperidone has been shown to provide modest improvements in some people exhibiting symptoms of aggression, agitation, and psychosis.5,15 There is no evidence that risperidone is any more effective than other SGAs, but it has been tested on more geriatric patients than other SGAs. The fact that it is also available in an orally disintegrating tablet makes it a practical treatment in certain populations of patients, such as those who have difficulty swallowing. Risperidone carries the highest extrapyramidal symptom burden among the SGAs due to its potent D2 receptor binding. 5,15

Aripiprazole. There have been several studies of aripiprazole for the treatment of psychosis and agitation in Alzheimer’s dementia.15 This medication showed modest effect and was generally well tolerated. Aripiprazole appears to have less associated weight gain, which may be pertinent for some patients. It also appears to be less sedating than many of the other SGAs. However, some patients may experience activation or insomnia with this agent, particularly with doses <15 mg/d. This activating effect may be beneficial for treating comorbid depressive symptoms, although lower doses could theoretically worsen psychosis due to the activating effects.

Aripiprazole has also been studied in Parkinson’s disease. While some patients had favorable responses with improvement in psychosis and behavioral disturbances, this medication was also associated with worsening of motor symptoms. Certain individuals also experienced a worsening of their psychosis.23 For this reason, it is unlikely to be a useful agent for patients displaying evidence of parkinsonism, Parkinson’s dementia, or dementia with Lewy bodies.

 

Olanzapine. Several studies have shown that low-dose olanzapine has been modestly effective in decreasing agitation and aggression in patients suffering from Alzheimer’s and vascular dementias.24 The medication is also available in an orally disintegrating form, which may be beneficial when treating individuals whose swallowing abilities are compromised. Olanzapine also has been associated with significant weight gain and metabolic syndrome.24

Continued to: Ziprasidone

 

 

Ziprasidone. There are no specific studies of ziprasidone for geriatric patients and none for patients with dementia. However, case reports have suggested both oral and injectable forms of the medication may be well tolerated and have some benefit in treating agitation in this population.25 Based on evidence from younger populations, ziprasidone is less likely to be associated with weight gain or orthostatic hypotension. Medication has been associated with QTc prolongation and should be used with caution and monitored with an ECG.

The initial dosing and potential adverse effects of quetiapine, risperidone, aripiprazole, olanzapine, and ziprasidone are highlighted in Table 3.10

Other SGAs. Newer antipsychotics have recently become available and may serve as additional tools for managing BPSD in the future. Unfortunately, there are currently no available studies regarding their efficacy in the treatment of agitation and psychosis in dementia. One notable exception is pimavaserin, a serotonin 2A receptor inverse agonist. This medication has recently been FDA-approved for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease psychosis. The medication was extensively studied in older patients. It appeared to be effective in reducing delusions and hallucinations while not impairing motor function or causing sedation or hypotension.23 Additional studies are currently ongoing for the treatment of Alzheimer’s dementia psychosis.

 

Monitor treatment, consider discontinuation

American Psychiatric Association guidelines on the use of antipsychotics to treat agitation or psychosis in patients with dementia currently recommend that clinicians use a quantitative measure to track symptoms and response to treatment.26 These measures may be formal, such as an overall assessment of symptom severity on a Likert scale, or as simple as monitoring the changes in the frequency of periods of agitation.

After starting an antipsychotic, a follow-up appointment should typically take place within 1 month. If the patient is at high risk for developing adverse effects, or if the symptoms are severe, a follow-up appointment for monitoring the response to treatment and potential adverse effects should occur within 1 week. At a minimum, expert consensus suggests follow-up visits should occur every 3 months.

If there is no clinical response after 4 weeks of adequate dosing of an anti­psychotic, the medication should be tapered and withdrawn. Switching to an alternative agent may be appropriate.

Many patients will have only partial remission of target symptoms. Therefore, increasing the dose or switching to an alternative agent may be necessary. Concurrent use of multiple antipsychotic agents should be avoided.

Continued to: Maintenance treatment may be appropriate

 

 

Maintenance treatment may be appropriate for patients who have demonstrated a clear benefit from antipsychotic treatment without undue adverse effects, and in whom a trial dose reduction has resulted in reappearance of the target symptoms. A formal monitoring plan to assess changes in response and the significance of adverse effects should be in place. Review the target behavior, changes in function, and significance of adverse effects at least every 3 months.

How to approach discontinuation

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia are frequently temporary. If the patient has been stable, gradual dose reduction and eventual discontinuation of antipsychotics should be attempted every 3 months. Studies have reported that most patients who were taken off antipsychotics for treating BPSD showed no worsening of behavioral symptoms.27

Discontinuation of antipsychotics should be done gradually by reducing the dose by 50% every 2 weeks, and then stopping after 2 weeks on the minimum dose, with monitoring for recurrence of target symptoms or emergence of new ones. The longer a medication has been prescribed, the slower the withdrawal occurs. Thus, the possibility of emerging symptoms related to drug withdrawal will lessen.

A roadmap for judicious prescribing

Table 4  summarizes the take-home points when prescribing an antipsychotic to treat BPSD for a patient who has dementia. Although SGAs may be associated with significant adverse effects and risks, they can be appropriate for treating BPSD in patients with dementia, particularly for individuals with dangerous agitation or psychosis. These agents can minimize the risk of violence, reduce patient distress, improve the patient’s quality of life, and reduce caregiver burden. In clinical trials, the benefits of antipsychotic medications have been modest. Nevertheless, evidence suggests SGAs can reduce psychosis, agitation, aggression, hostility, and suspiciousness, which makes them a valid option to consider when those symptoms are present and other interventions have proven insufficient.

When underlying treatable or reversible causes of BPSD in dementia have been ruled out or nonpharmacologic treatments have failed, a trial of an antipsychotic may be indicated. The choice of agent should focus on patient-related factors and on clearly identified target behaviors. Treatment should be started at a low dose and titrated cautiously to the lowest effective dose.

Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia are frequently temporary. Therefore, a gradual reduction and eventual withdrawal of antipsychotic medications should be attempted every 3 months. Studies indicate that most patients are able to tolerate elimination of antipsychotic medications with no worsening of behavioral symptoms.

Despite the limitations of treatment, SGAs remain a valid consideration when other interventions have proven insufficient. However, judicious use of these agents remains the cornerstone of therapy.

Bottom Line 

Until better treatment options become available, second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) continue to have an important, albeit limited, role in the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia. Despite the limitations of treatment, SGAs remain a valid consideration when other interventions have proven insufficient. However, judicious use of these agents remains the cornerstone of therapy.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Haloperidol • Haldol
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Pimavanserin • Nuplazid
Risperidone • Risperdal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Ziprasidone • Geodon

References

1. Gardner RC, Valcour V, Yaffe K. Dementia in the oldest old: a multi-factorial and growing public health issue. Alzheimers Res Ther. 2013;5(4):27.
2. Tariot PN, Blazina L. The psychopathology of dementia. In: Morris JC, ed. Handbook of dementing illnesses. New York, NY: Marcel Dekker Inc.; 1993:461-475.
3. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA. 2005;294:1934-1943.
4. Lenzer J. FDA warns about using antipsychotic drugs for dementia. BMJ. 2005;330(7497):922.
5. Kales HC, Valenstein M, Kim HM, et al. Mortality risk in patients with dementia treated with antipsychotics versus other psychiatric medications. Am J Psychiatry. 2007;164(10):1568-1576; quiz 1623.
6. Gill SS, Bronskill SE, Normand SL, et al. Antipsychotic drug use and mortality in older adults with dementia. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(11):775-786.
7. Okura T, Plassman BL, Steffens DC, et al. Neuropsychiatric symptoms and the risk of institutionalization and death: the aging, demographics, and memory study. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2011;59:473-481.
8. Banerjee S, Murray J, Foley B, et al. Predictors of institutionalisation in people with dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2003;74:1315-1316.
9. Alexopoulos GS, Jeste DV, Chung H, et al. The expert consensus guideline series. Treatment of dementia and its behavioral disturbances. Introduction: methods, commentary, and summary. Postgrad Med. 2005;Spec No:6-22.
10. Burke AD, Hall G, Yaari R, et al. Pocket reference to Alzheimer’s disease management. Philadelphia, PA: Springer Healthcare Communications; 2015:39-46
11. Burke AD, Burke WJ, Tariot PN. Drug treatments for the behavioural and psychiatric symptoms of dementia. In: Ames D, O’Brien JT, Burns A, eds. Dementia, 5th ed. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press; 2016:231-252.
12. Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists. Antipsychotics in dementia: best practice guide. https://bpac.org.nz/a4d/resources/docs/bpac_A4D_best_practice_guide.pdf. Accessed September 4, 2018.
13. Nyberg L, Backman L. Cognitive aging: a view from brain imaging. In: Dixon RA, Backman L, Nilsson LG, eds. New frontiers in cognitive aging. Oxford: Oxford Univ Press; 2004:135-60.
14. Huybrechts KF, Gerhard T, Crystal S, et al. Differential risk of death in older residents in nursing homes prescribed specific antipsychotic drugs: population based cohort study. BMJ. 2012;344:e977. doi: 10.1136/bmj.e977.
15. Burke AD, Tariot PN. Atypical antipsychotics in the elderly: a review of therapeutic trends and clinical outcomes. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2009;10(15):2407-2414.
16. De Deyn PP, Rabheru K, Rasmussen A, et al. A randomized trial of risperidone, placebo, and haloperidol for behavioral symptoms of dementia. Neurology.1999;53(5):946-955.
17. De Deyn PP, Jeste DV, Auby P, et al. Aripiprazole in dementia of the Alzheimer’s type. Poster presented at: 16th Annual Meeting of American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry; March 1-4, 2003; Honolulu, HI.
18. Lopez OL, Becker JT, Chang YF, et al. The long-term effects of conventional and atypical antipsychotics in patients with probable Alzheimer’s disease. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(9):1051-1058.
19. Mintzer J, Weiner M, Greenspan A, et al. Efficacy and safety of a flexible dose of risperidone versus placebo in the treatment of psychosis of Alzheimer’s disease. In: International College of Geriatric Psychopharmacology. Basel, Switzerland; 2004.
20. Mintzer JE, Tune LE, Breder CD, et al. Aripiprazole for the treatment of psychoses in institutionalized patients with Alzheimer dementia: a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled assessment of three fixed doses. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(11):918-931.
21. Sultzer DL, Davis SM, Tariot PN, et al; CATIE-AD Study Group. Clinical symptom responses to atypical antipsychotic medications in Alzheimer’s disease: phase 1 outcomes from the CATIE-AD effectiveness trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165(7):844-854.
22. Zhong KX, Tariot PN, Mintzer J, et al. Quetiapine to treat agitation in dementia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Curr Alzheimer Res. 2007;4(1):81-93.
23. Bozymski KM, Lowe DK, Pasternak KM, et al. Pimavanserin: a novel antipsychotic for Parkinson’s disease psychosis. Ann Pharmacother. 2017;51(6):479-487.
24. Moretti R, Torre R, Antonello T, et al. Olanzapine as a possible treatment of behavioral symptoms in vascular dementia: risks of cerebrovascular events. J Neurol. 2005;252:1186. 
25. Cole SA, Saleem R, Shea WP, et al. Ziprasidone for agitation or psychosis in dementia: four cases. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2005;35(1):91-98.
26. Reus VI, Fochtmann LJ, Eyler AE, et al. The American Psychiatric Association practice guideline on the use of antipsychotics to treat agitation or psychosis in patients with dementia. Am J Psychiatry. 2016;173(5):543-546.
27. Horwitz GJ, Tariot PN, Mead K, et al. Discontinuation of antipsychotics in nursing home patients with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1995;3(4):290-299.

References

1. Gardner RC, Valcour V, Yaffe K. Dementia in the oldest old: a multi-factorial and growing public health issue. Alzheimers Res Ther. 2013;5(4):27.
2. Tariot PN, Blazina L. The psychopathology of dementia. In: Morris JC, ed. Handbook of dementing illnesses. New York, NY: Marcel Dekker Inc.; 1993:461-475.
3. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA. 2005;294:1934-1943.
4. Lenzer J. FDA warns about using antipsychotic drugs for dementia. BMJ. 2005;330(7497):922.
5. Kales HC, Valenstein M, Kim HM, et al. Mortality risk in patients with dementia treated with antipsychotics versus other psychiatric medications. Am J Psychiatry. 2007;164(10):1568-1576; quiz 1623.
6. Gill SS, Bronskill SE, Normand SL, et al. Antipsychotic drug use and mortality in older adults with dementia. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(11):775-786.
7. Okura T, Plassman BL, Steffens DC, et al. Neuropsychiatric symptoms and the risk of institutionalization and death: the aging, demographics, and memory study. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2011;59:473-481.
8. Banerjee S, Murray J, Foley B, et al. Predictors of institutionalisation in people with dementia. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2003;74:1315-1316.
9. Alexopoulos GS, Jeste DV, Chung H, et al. The expert consensus guideline series. Treatment of dementia and its behavioral disturbances. Introduction: methods, commentary, and summary. Postgrad Med. 2005;Spec No:6-22.
10. Burke AD, Hall G, Yaari R, et al. Pocket reference to Alzheimer’s disease management. Philadelphia, PA: Springer Healthcare Communications; 2015:39-46
11. Burke AD, Burke WJ, Tariot PN. Drug treatments for the behavioural and psychiatric symptoms of dementia. In: Ames D, O’Brien JT, Burns A, eds. Dementia, 5th ed. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press; 2016:231-252.
12. Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists. Antipsychotics in dementia: best practice guide. https://bpac.org.nz/a4d/resources/docs/bpac_A4D_best_practice_guide.pdf. Accessed September 4, 2018.
13. Nyberg L, Backman L. Cognitive aging: a view from brain imaging. In: Dixon RA, Backman L, Nilsson LG, eds. New frontiers in cognitive aging. Oxford: Oxford Univ Press; 2004:135-60.
14. Huybrechts KF, Gerhard T, Crystal S, et al. Differential risk of death in older residents in nursing homes prescribed specific antipsychotic drugs: population based cohort study. BMJ. 2012;344:e977. doi: 10.1136/bmj.e977.
15. Burke AD, Tariot PN. Atypical antipsychotics in the elderly: a review of therapeutic trends and clinical outcomes. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2009;10(15):2407-2414.
16. De Deyn PP, Rabheru K, Rasmussen A, et al. A randomized trial of risperidone, placebo, and haloperidol for behavioral symptoms of dementia. Neurology.1999;53(5):946-955.
17. De Deyn PP, Jeste DV, Auby P, et al. Aripiprazole in dementia of the Alzheimer’s type. Poster presented at: 16th Annual Meeting of American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry; March 1-4, 2003; Honolulu, HI.
18. Lopez OL, Becker JT, Chang YF, et al. The long-term effects of conventional and atypical antipsychotics in patients with probable Alzheimer’s disease. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(9):1051-1058.
19. Mintzer J, Weiner M, Greenspan A, et al. Efficacy and safety of a flexible dose of risperidone versus placebo in the treatment of psychosis of Alzheimer’s disease. In: International College of Geriatric Psychopharmacology. Basel, Switzerland; 2004.
20. Mintzer JE, Tune LE, Breder CD, et al. Aripiprazole for the treatment of psychoses in institutionalized patients with Alzheimer dementia: a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled assessment of three fixed doses. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(11):918-931.
21. Sultzer DL, Davis SM, Tariot PN, et al; CATIE-AD Study Group. Clinical symptom responses to atypical antipsychotic medications in Alzheimer’s disease: phase 1 outcomes from the CATIE-AD effectiveness trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165(7):844-854.
22. Zhong KX, Tariot PN, Mintzer J, et al. Quetiapine to treat agitation in dementia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Curr Alzheimer Res. 2007;4(1):81-93.
23. Bozymski KM, Lowe DK, Pasternak KM, et al. Pimavanserin: a novel antipsychotic for Parkinson’s disease psychosis. Ann Pharmacother. 2017;51(6):479-487.
24. Moretti R, Torre R, Antonello T, et al. Olanzapine as a possible treatment of behavioral symptoms in vascular dementia: risks of cerebrovascular events. J Neurol. 2005;252:1186. 
25. Cole SA, Saleem R, Shea WP, et al. Ziprasidone for agitation or psychosis in dementia: four cases. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2005;35(1):91-98.
26. Reus VI, Fochtmann LJ, Eyler AE, et al. The American Psychiatric Association practice guideline on the use of antipsychotics to treat agitation or psychosis in patients with dementia. Am J Psychiatry. 2016;173(5):543-546.
27. Horwitz GJ, Tariot PN, Mead K, et al. Discontinuation of antipsychotics in nursing home patients with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1995;3(4):290-299.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
26-32,35-37
Page Number
26-32,35-37
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Antipsychotics for patients with dementia: The road less traveled
Display Headline
Antipsychotics for patients with dementia: The road less traveled
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

5 Strategies for managing antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:16
Display Headline
5 Strategies for managing antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia

There is a well-established relationship between antipsychotic treatment and hyperprolactinemia. Most antipsychotics have been linked to increased prolactin levels, and the risk appears to be dose-related.1 Antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia can be asymptomatic, but it also has been associated with several adverse effects, including menstrual irregularity, osteoporosis, gynecomastia, and sexual dysfunction. Here I discuss what to do before starting a patient on an antipsychotic, and 5 treatment strategies for addressing antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia.

Get a baseline prolactin level

Before starting a patient on an antipsychotic, obtain a baseline prolactin level measurement. If the patient later develops hyperprolactinemia, having a baseline measurement will make it easier to determine if the antipsychotic is a potential cause. Also, it is helpful to gather additional information regarding baseline psychosexual function and menstruation before starting an antipsychotic.

The Table2 shows normal prolactin level ranges for men and women. Antipsychotics tend to raise prolactin levels to a mild or moderate degree, by up to 100 ng/mL (2,000 IU). Generally, the diagnosis of pituitary tumor is more likely when a prolactin level is >118 ng/mL (2,500 mIU/L) in the absence of breastfeeding or pregnancy.3

 


It is critical to determine if a temporal relationship exists between exposure to an antipsychotic and increase in prolactin levels.3 If the time course is unclear, laboratory tests need to be performed, including assessing liver, renal, and thyroid function or imaging of the pituitary gland. Also, hyperprolactinemia should not be diagnosed based on a single blood test result, because emotional and physical stress can elevate prolactin levels.

Continued to: 5 strategies for addressing hyperprolactinemia

 

 

5 strategies for addressing hyperprolactinemia

1. Reduce the antipsychotic dose. Because the risk of hyperprolactinemia is dose-dependent, reducing the antipsychotic dose could be helpful for some patients.

2. Switch to a prolactin-sparing antipsychotic, such as clozapine, quetiapine, olanzapine, or ziprasidone. However, it is often difficult to predict positive outcomes because switching antipsychotics may cause new adverse effects or trigger a psychotic relapse.

3. Consider sex hormone replacement therapy. A combined oral contraceptive could prevent osteoporosis and help estrogen deficiency symptoms in women who require antipsychotic medication. However, this treatment approach may worsen galactorrhea.

4. Use a dopamine receptor agonist. Dopamine receptor agonists, such as cabergoline or bromocriptine, have been shown to suppress prolactin secretion. Clinicians should always proceed cautiously because these medications can potentially increase the risk of psychosis.

5. Examine the potential benefits of adding aripiprazole because it can be used for augmentation to reduce prolactin levels in patients receiving other antipsychotics. In some cases, dopamine receptors can be exposed to competition between a partial agonist (aripiprazole) and an antagonist (the current antipsychotic). This competition may decrease the effectiveness of the current antipsychotic.1 Also, adding another antipsychotic could increase overall adverse effects.

References

1. Montejo ÁL, Arango C, Bernardo M, et al. Multidisciplinary consensus on the therapeutic recommendations for iatrogenic hyperprolactinemia secondary to antipsychotics. Front Neuroendocrinol. 2017;45:25-34.
2. Taylor D, Paton C, Kapur S. Schizophrenia. In: Taylor D, Paton C, Kapur S. The Maudsley Prescribing Guidelines in psychiatry. 12th ed. Chichester, UK: Wiley Blackwell; 2015:133-134.
3. Miyamoto BE, Galecki M, Francois D. Guidelines for antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia. Psychiatr Ann. 2015;45(5):266,268,270-272.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Yilanli is a first-year child and adolescent psychiatry fellow, Department of Psychiatry, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
52-53
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Yilanli is a first-year child and adolescent psychiatry fellow, Department of Psychiatry, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Yilanli is a first-year child and adolescent psychiatry fellow, Department of Psychiatry, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

There is a well-established relationship between antipsychotic treatment and hyperprolactinemia. Most antipsychotics have been linked to increased prolactin levels, and the risk appears to be dose-related.1 Antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia can be asymptomatic, but it also has been associated with several adverse effects, including menstrual irregularity, osteoporosis, gynecomastia, and sexual dysfunction. Here I discuss what to do before starting a patient on an antipsychotic, and 5 treatment strategies for addressing antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia.

Get a baseline prolactin level

Before starting a patient on an antipsychotic, obtain a baseline prolactin level measurement. If the patient later develops hyperprolactinemia, having a baseline measurement will make it easier to determine if the antipsychotic is a potential cause. Also, it is helpful to gather additional information regarding baseline psychosexual function and menstruation before starting an antipsychotic.

The Table2 shows normal prolactin level ranges for men and women. Antipsychotics tend to raise prolactin levels to a mild or moderate degree, by up to 100 ng/mL (2,000 IU). Generally, the diagnosis of pituitary tumor is more likely when a prolactin level is >118 ng/mL (2,500 mIU/L) in the absence of breastfeeding or pregnancy.3

 


It is critical to determine if a temporal relationship exists between exposure to an antipsychotic and increase in prolactin levels.3 If the time course is unclear, laboratory tests need to be performed, including assessing liver, renal, and thyroid function or imaging of the pituitary gland. Also, hyperprolactinemia should not be diagnosed based on a single blood test result, because emotional and physical stress can elevate prolactin levels.

Continued to: 5 strategies for addressing hyperprolactinemia

 

 

5 strategies for addressing hyperprolactinemia

1. Reduce the antipsychotic dose. Because the risk of hyperprolactinemia is dose-dependent, reducing the antipsychotic dose could be helpful for some patients.

2. Switch to a prolactin-sparing antipsychotic, such as clozapine, quetiapine, olanzapine, or ziprasidone. However, it is often difficult to predict positive outcomes because switching antipsychotics may cause new adverse effects or trigger a psychotic relapse.

3. Consider sex hormone replacement therapy. A combined oral contraceptive could prevent osteoporosis and help estrogen deficiency symptoms in women who require antipsychotic medication. However, this treatment approach may worsen galactorrhea.

4. Use a dopamine receptor agonist. Dopamine receptor agonists, such as cabergoline or bromocriptine, have been shown to suppress prolactin secretion. Clinicians should always proceed cautiously because these medications can potentially increase the risk of psychosis.

5. Examine the potential benefits of adding aripiprazole because it can be used for augmentation to reduce prolactin levels in patients receiving other antipsychotics. In some cases, dopamine receptors can be exposed to competition between a partial agonist (aripiprazole) and an antagonist (the current antipsychotic). This competition may decrease the effectiveness of the current antipsychotic.1 Also, adding another antipsychotic could increase overall adverse effects.

There is a well-established relationship between antipsychotic treatment and hyperprolactinemia. Most antipsychotics have been linked to increased prolactin levels, and the risk appears to be dose-related.1 Antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia can be asymptomatic, but it also has been associated with several adverse effects, including menstrual irregularity, osteoporosis, gynecomastia, and sexual dysfunction. Here I discuss what to do before starting a patient on an antipsychotic, and 5 treatment strategies for addressing antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia.

Get a baseline prolactin level

Before starting a patient on an antipsychotic, obtain a baseline prolactin level measurement. If the patient later develops hyperprolactinemia, having a baseline measurement will make it easier to determine if the antipsychotic is a potential cause. Also, it is helpful to gather additional information regarding baseline psychosexual function and menstruation before starting an antipsychotic.

The Table2 shows normal prolactin level ranges for men and women. Antipsychotics tend to raise prolactin levels to a mild or moderate degree, by up to 100 ng/mL (2,000 IU). Generally, the diagnosis of pituitary tumor is more likely when a prolactin level is >118 ng/mL (2,500 mIU/L) in the absence of breastfeeding or pregnancy.3

 


It is critical to determine if a temporal relationship exists between exposure to an antipsychotic and increase in prolactin levels.3 If the time course is unclear, laboratory tests need to be performed, including assessing liver, renal, and thyroid function or imaging of the pituitary gland. Also, hyperprolactinemia should not be diagnosed based on a single blood test result, because emotional and physical stress can elevate prolactin levels.

Continued to: 5 strategies for addressing hyperprolactinemia

 

 

5 strategies for addressing hyperprolactinemia

1. Reduce the antipsychotic dose. Because the risk of hyperprolactinemia is dose-dependent, reducing the antipsychotic dose could be helpful for some patients.

2. Switch to a prolactin-sparing antipsychotic, such as clozapine, quetiapine, olanzapine, or ziprasidone. However, it is often difficult to predict positive outcomes because switching antipsychotics may cause new adverse effects or trigger a psychotic relapse.

3. Consider sex hormone replacement therapy. A combined oral contraceptive could prevent osteoporosis and help estrogen deficiency symptoms in women who require antipsychotic medication. However, this treatment approach may worsen galactorrhea.

4. Use a dopamine receptor agonist. Dopamine receptor agonists, such as cabergoline or bromocriptine, have been shown to suppress prolactin secretion. Clinicians should always proceed cautiously because these medications can potentially increase the risk of psychosis.

5. Examine the potential benefits of adding aripiprazole because it can be used for augmentation to reduce prolactin levels in patients receiving other antipsychotics. In some cases, dopamine receptors can be exposed to competition between a partial agonist (aripiprazole) and an antagonist (the current antipsychotic). This competition may decrease the effectiveness of the current antipsychotic.1 Also, adding another antipsychotic could increase overall adverse effects.

References

1. Montejo ÁL, Arango C, Bernardo M, et al. Multidisciplinary consensus on the therapeutic recommendations for iatrogenic hyperprolactinemia secondary to antipsychotics. Front Neuroendocrinol. 2017;45:25-34.
2. Taylor D, Paton C, Kapur S. Schizophrenia. In: Taylor D, Paton C, Kapur S. The Maudsley Prescribing Guidelines in psychiatry. 12th ed. Chichester, UK: Wiley Blackwell; 2015:133-134.
3. Miyamoto BE, Galecki M, Francois D. Guidelines for antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia. Psychiatr Ann. 2015;45(5):266,268,270-272.

References

1. Montejo ÁL, Arango C, Bernardo M, et al. Multidisciplinary consensus on the therapeutic recommendations for iatrogenic hyperprolactinemia secondary to antipsychotics. Front Neuroendocrinol. 2017;45:25-34.
2. Taylor D, Paton C, Kapur S. Schizophrenia. In: Taylor D, Paton C, Kapur S. The Maudsley Prescribing Guidelines in psychiatry. 12th ed. Chichester, UK: Wiley Blackwell; 2015:133-134.
3. Miyamoto BE, Galecki M, Francois D. Guidelines for antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia. Psychiatr Ann. 2015;45(5):266,268,270-272.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
52-53
Page Number
52-53
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
5 Strategies for managing antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia
Display Headline
5 Strategies for managing antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Psychiatric considerations in menopause

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 03/04/2019 - 15:35
Display Headline
Psychiatric considerations in menopause

Mrs. J, age 49, presents to your psychiatric clinic. For the last few years, she has been experiencing night sweats and hot flashes, which she has attributed to being perimenopausal. Over the last year, she has noticed that her mood has declined; however, she has suffered several life events that she feels have contributed. Her mother was diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease and had to move into a nursing home, which Mrs. J found very stressful. At the same time, her daughter left home for college, and her son is exploring his college options. Recently, Mrs. J has not been able to work due to her mood, and she is afraid she may lose her job as a consequence. She has struggled to talk to her husband about how she is feeling, and feels increasingly isolated. Over the last month, she has had increased problems sleeping and less energy; some days she struggles to get out of bed. She is finding it difficult to concentrate and is more forgetful. She has lost interest in her hobbies and is no longer meeting with her friends. She has no history of depression or anxiety, although she recalls feeling very low in mood for months after the birth of each of her children.

Are Mrs. J’s symptoms related to menopause or depression? What further investigations are necessary? Would you modify your treatment plan because of her menopausal status?

Women are at elevated risk of developing psychiatric symptoms and disorders throughout their reproductive lives, including during menopause. Menopause is a time of life transition, when women may experience multiple physical symptoms, including vasomotor symptoms (night sweats and hot flashes), sexual symptoms, and sleep difficulties. Depressive symptoms occur more frequently during menopause, and symptoms of schizophrenia may worsen.

Estrogen plays a role in mental illness throughout a woman’s life. In menopause, decreasing estrogen levels may correlate with increased mood symptoms, physical symptoms, and psychotic symptoms. As such, psychiatrists should consider whether collaboration regarding adjunctive hormone replacement therapy would be beneficial, and whether the benefits outweigh the potential risks. Otherwise, treatment of depression in menopause is similar to treatment outside of the menopausal transition, though serotonergic antidepressants may help target vasomotor symptoms while therapy may focus on role transition and loss. In this article, we review why women are at increased risk for mental illness during menopause, the role of estrogen, and treatment of mood and psychotic disorders during this phase of a woman’s life.

Increased vulnerability across the lifespan

The female lifecycle includes several periods of increased vulnerability to mental illness related to reproductive hormones and life changes. Compared with men, women have approximately twice the risk of developing depression in their lifetime.1 With the onset of menarche, the increased risk of mental health problems begins (Table 11,2). Women are at elevated risk of mood disorders in both pregnancy and postpartum; approximately one-seventh to one-quarter of women experience postpartum depression, depending on the population studied. Finally, women are at risk of mood difficulties in the perimenopause. Those with a history of depression are at particularly elevated risk in the perimenopause.2


 

Continued to: Why menopause?

 

 

Why menopause?

Menopause is a significant life event. The menopause transition begins around age 47 and lasts 4 to 7 years. By age 55, most women are postmenopausal. Symptoms of menopause are described in Table 2.3 Menopause is colloquially known as the “change of life”—not only because of the physical changes, but because of the meaning a woman may attribute to these changes. She may associate menopause with loss of femininity or attractiveness. Also, menopause may coincide with social and developmental changes, such as having an “empty nest”—her children having left home. How menopause is construed by a woman (and the culture/society in which she lives) impacts her experience of menopause.4

 

Perimenopausal mood disorders

The SWAN Study (Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation) found that women’s risk of experiencing depressive symptoms was greater both during and after the menopause transition.5 A history of depression was the strongest predictor. Interestingly, the effect of menopausal status on the risk of depression was found to be independent of the woman’s personal history of depression, upsetting life events, vasomotor symptoms, and reproductive hormone changes. Two recent studies demonstrated that among women without a history of depression, depressive symptoms were more than twice as likely to emerge during the menopausal transition than premenopausally.6,7 Depression occurred in the context of the changing hormonal milieu. A recent meta-analysis8 found an inverse association between age at menopause and the risk of postmenopausal depression. Table 31,2,4,8-12 describes risk factors for developing depressive symptoms in menopause.


 

However, one should keep in mind that new-onset mania in menopause is rare and should trigger a medical work-up and a dementia evaluation.13 Table 414 provides recommendations for evaluation of women undergoing menopause.

Menopause and serious mental illnesses

A study of 91 perimenopausal and postmenopausal women (age 45 to 55) who were diagnosed with schizophrenia/schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder (MDD) found that women with severe mental illness experienced significant vasomotor, physical, sexual, and psychosocial symptoms related to menopause.15 Furthermore, on 7 of 29 items on the Menopause Specific Quality of Life Scale, including hot flashes, women diagnosed with MDD reported problems significantly more often than women with other serious mental illnesses.15

Women with serious mental illness often have deficits in their knowledge about menopause.3 More than half of the 91 women in the study diagnosed with schizophrenia/schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, or MDD felt more stressed related to menopause, and reported that menopause had a negative effect on their mental health.3 These women rated their top 5 symptoms potentially related to menopause as feeling depressed, anxious, or tired; lacking energy; and experiencing poor memory.3

 

Continued to: Role of estrogen on mood and psychosis

 

 

Role of estrogen on mood and psychosis

Women are at higher risk throughout their reproductive life than are men for MDD, anxiety disorders, and trauma-related disorders.12 Factors associated with depression during the menopause transition are reproductive hormonal changes (rise of follicle-stimulating hormone [FSH] and luteinizing hormone levels, and variability in estrogen [E2] and FSH levels); menopausal symptoms, particularly vasomotor symptoms; prior depression; psychosocial factors (adverse life events, financial strain, poor social supports); high body mass index, smoking, and poor physical health.6,7 Decreasing estrogen in the menopause transition may increase susceptibility to depression in some women.16 The Box17,18 provides more information on the relationship between estrogen and brain function.

Box

Estrogen and brain function


Numerous molecular and clinical studies have established the role of 17-beta estradiol in modulating brain functions via alterations in neurotransmission.17 Estrogen increases serotonin availability in the synapse by various pathways. It increases the rate of degradation of monoamine oxidase; monoamine oxidase enzymes are responsible for catabolizing serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine. Estrogen also increases tryptophan hydroxylase expression (rate-limiting enzyme in serotonin synthesis) and promotes intraneuronal serotonin transport in brain regions associated with affect regulation by increasing gene expression of the serotonin reuptake transporter. Studies have linked brain-derived neurotropic factor (BDNF) to increased serotonin turnover and proposed that estrogen may influence depression by increasing BDNF levels within the brain.18



Depressive disorders, including premenstrual dysphoric disorder, postpartum depression, and perimenopausal depression, have been linked to changes in hormonal status in women. Symptomatic menopause transition occurs in at least 20% of women, and a retrospective cohort study suggests that symptomatic menopause transition might increase the risk of new-onset depressive disorders, bipolar disorders, anxiety disorders, and sleep disorders.19 Symptomatic menopause transition also is a vulnerable time for relapse of MDD. Among women experiencing menopausal symptoms, including hot flashes, one-third also report depression—which correlates with a poorer quality of life, less work productivity, and greater use of health care services.9

Women who undergo surgical menopause are at greater risk for depression.8,10,11 This may be due to abrupt deprivation of estrogen—or related to a psychological reaction to the loss of fertility.

The observation that hormonal fluctuations related to women’s reproductive cycle have a significant impact on psychotic symptomatology has resulted in the “hypo-estrogenism hypothesis,” which proposes that gonadal dysfunction may increase vulnerability to schizophrenia, or that schizophrenia may lead to gonadal dysfunction.20 The “estrogen protection hypothesis” proposes that estrogen may protect women from schizophrenia, and may be a factor in the delayed onset of schizophrenia compared with men, less severe psychopathology, better outcomes, and premenstrual and postmenopausal deterioration in women. Many women of reproductive age with schizophrenia experience improvement in symptoms during the high estrogen phase of their menstrual cycle.

Pope et al21 have suggested that a hormone sensitivity syndrome may underlie why some women experience physical, psychological, and emotional symptoms at times of hormonal shifts such as menopause. This may represent a critical window of vulnerability, and also an opportunity to consider E2 as a therapeutic intervention.

 

Continued to: Treating mental illness in menopause

 

 

Treating mental illness in menopause

Changes to drug pharmacokinetics occur because some metabolising enzymes are estrogen-dependent and their levels decline after menopause, which leads to greater variability in drug response, particularly for oral medications. Other factors that can contribute to variability in medication response are polypharmacy, alcohol, illicit drugs, liver mass, smoking, caffeine, and nutritional intake.

While antidepressants are the first-line treatment for MDD and anxiety disorders, some patients remain unresponsive or inadequately responsive to currently available medications. In perimenopausal women with MDD, there may be an indication for adjunctive therapy with transdermal E2 in refractory cases; estrogen may augment the effects of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) antidepressants as well as hasten the onset of antidepressant action.22 Estrogen also may be worth considering in women with mild depressive symptoms. For MDD, SSRIs plus estrogen may be more beneficial in improving mood than either agent alone. The effectiveness of E2 is less certain in postmenopausal depression.


Hormonal therapy for mental health disorders has equivocal evidence. The individual’s history and risk factors (eg, cardiovascular and osteoporosis risks) must be considered. A recent trial found that treatment with either venlafaxine or low-dose estrogen improved quality of life in menopausal women with vasomotor symptoms.23 Venlafaxine improved the psychosocial domain, while estrogen improved quality of life in other domains. Escitalopram, duloxetine, and citalopram have also been identified as having a possible positive impact on menopausal symptoms.22 SSRIs and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors may help reduce hot flashes and improve sleep.11

Regarding schizophrenia and estrogen, there may be improved symptoms during the high estrogen phase of the menstrual cycle, followed by a premenstrual aggravation of symptoms. Recall that women have a second peak of onset of schizophrenia after age 45, around the age of the onset of menopause.24 In a study of geropsychiatric hospital admissions, women were overrepresented among those with schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder, compared with other psychiatric disorders.25 Postmenopausally, some women experience a decreased responsiveness to antipsychotics and worsening symptoms. In menopausal women with schizophrenia, check prolactin levels to help determine whether they are experiencing a natural menopause or medication-induced amenorrhea. Gender differences in pharmacotherapy responses and the decreasing response to antipsychotics in women older than age 50 have been observed26 and have led to exploration of the role of estrogen for treating schizophrenia in menopausal women. There have been contradictory results regarding use of estrogen as an adjunct to antipsychotics, with some reports finding this approach is effective and results in lower average doses of antipsychotics. Kulkarni et al27,28 have reported improvements in positive symptoms of treatment-resistant schizophrenia with transdermal use of E2, 200 mcg, as an adjunct to antipsychotics in women of childbearing age. However, they expressed caution regarding the health risks associated with prolonged use of E2. Long-term risks of high-dose estrogen therapies include thromboembolism, endometrial hyperplasia, and breast cancer, and individual factors should be considered before starting any form of hormone therapy. Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), such as raloxifene, which can cause activation of E2 receptors in a tissue-specific fashion and have less estrogen-related adverse effects, offer hope for future development in this field.27,28 While the use of adjunctive hormone therapy to manage psychotic symptoms in menopause is not routinely advised, the dosages of previously effective antipsychotics may need to be reviewed, or long-acting depot routes considered.29 Increased risk of prolonged QTc interval and tardive dyskinesia in geriatric women also should be considered in decisions regarding changes to antipsychotics or dosages.30

There are no guidelines regarding change in dosage of either individual antidepressants or antipsychotics in women at the time of menopause for managing pre-existing conditions. This may be due to the high variability in the effect of menopause on mental health and recognition that menopause is also a time for deterioration in physical health, as well as psychosocial changes for women, and thus other forms of intervention need to be considered.

 

Continued to: The biopsychosocial approach to treatment...

 

 

The biopsychosocial approach to treatment is particularly important in menopause.11 Common transitions in midlife include changes in relationships, employment, and financial status, and illness or death of family and friends.31 Therapy may focus on accepting a role transition and coping with loss of fertility. Cognitive-behavioral therapy may be helpful for menopausal symptoms, including hot flashes,4 as well as depressive symptoms.11

Although there are overlapping symptoms with both MDD and the perimenopause, these are typically restricted to impaired energy, sleep, and concentration, or changes in libido and weight.32 Therefore, it is vital to obtain a clear history and explore these symptoms in greater depth, as well as collect further information related to additional criteria such as appetite, agitation, feelings of worthlessness or guilt, and suicidal ideation.

Starting an antidepressant

On evaluation, Mrs. J discloses that she had experienced thoughts of wanting to end her life by overdose, although she had not acted on these thoughts. She appears subdued with poor eye contact, latency of response, and a slowed thought process. Mrs. J has blood tests to rule out thyroid abnormality or anemia. FSH and LH levels also are measured; these could provide a useful reference for later.

After a discussion with Mrs. J, she agrees to start an antidepressant. She also plans to speak to her gynecologist about the possibility of hormone replacement therapy. She is referred for psychotherapy to help support her with current life stressors. Mrs. J is started on escitalopram, 10 mg/d, and, after a month, she notices some improvement in her mood, psychomotor symptoms, sleep, and energy levels.

Bottom Line

Menopause is an important transition in our patients’ lives—both biologically and psychosocially. Women’s symptom patterns and medication needs may change during menopause.

Related Resource

Drug Brand Names
Citalopram • Celexa
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Raloxifene • Evista
Venlafaxine • Effexor

References

1. Bromberger JT, Kravitz HM. Mood and menopause: findings from the study of women’s health across the nation (SWAN) over 10 years. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am. 2011;38(3):609-625.
2. Almeida OP, Marsh K, Flicker L, et al. Depressive symptoms in midlife: the role of reproductive stage. Menopause. 2016;23(6):669-765.
3. Sajatovic M, Friedman SH, Schuermeyer IN, et al. Menopause knowledge and subjective experience among peri- and postmenopausal women with bipolar disorder, schizophrenia and major depression. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2006;194(3):173-178.
4. Ayers BN, Forshaw MJ, Hunter MS. The menopause. The Psychologist. 2011;24:348-353.
5. Bromberger JT, Kravitz HM, Chang YF, et al. Major depression during and after the menopausal transition: Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation (SWAN). Psychol Med. 2011;41(9):1879-1888.
6. Cohen LS, Soares CN, Vitonis AF, et al. Risk for new onset of depression during the menopausal transition: the Harvard study of moods and cycles. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63(4):385-390.
7. Freeman EW, Sammel MD, Lin H, et al. Associations of hormones and menopausal status with depressed mood in women with no history of depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63(4):375-382.
8. Georgakis MK, Thomopoulos TP, Diamantaras AA, et al. Association of age at menopause and duration of reproductive period with depression after menopause: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Psychiatry 2016;73(2):139-149.
9. DiBonaventura MC, Wagner JS, Alvir J, et al. Depression, quality of life, work productivity, resource use, and costs among women experiencing menopause and hot flashes: a cross-sectional study [published online November 1, 2012]. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2012;14(6): pii: PCC.12m01410. doi: 10.4088/PCC.12m01410.
10. Llaneza P, Garcia-Portilla MP, Llaneza-Suárez D, et al. Depressive disorders and the menopause transition. Maturitas. 2012;71(2):120-130.
11. Vivian-Taylor J, Hickey M. Menopause and depression: is there a link? Maturitas. 2014;79(2):142-146.
12. Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Swartz M, et al. Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. 1: lifetime prevalence, chronicity and recurrence. J Affect Disord. 1993;29(2-3):85-96.
13. Friedman SH, Stankowski JE, Sajatovic M. Bipolar disorder in women. The Female Patient. 2007;32:15-24.
14. Soares C, Cohen L. The perimenopause, depressive disorders, and hormonal variability. Sao Paulo Med J. 2001;119(2):78-83.
15. Friedman SH, Sajatovic M, Schuermeyer IN, et al. Menopause-related quality of life in chronically mentally ill women. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2005;35(3):259-271.
16. Schmidt PJ, Ben Dor R, Martinez PE, et al. Effects of estradiol withdrawal on mood in women with past perimenopausal depression: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(7):714-726.
17. Carretti N, Florio P, Bertolin A et al. Serum fluctuations of total and free tryptophan levels during the menstrual cycle are related to gonadotrophins and reflect brain serotonin utilization. Hum Reprod. 2005;20(6):1548-1553.
18. Borrow AP, Cameron NM. Estrogenic mediation of serotonergic and neurotrophic systems: implications for female mood disorders. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2014;54:13-25.
19. Hu LY, Shen CC, Hung JH et al. Risk of psychiatric disorders following symptomatic menopausal transition: a nationwide population-based retrospective cohort study. Medicine (Baltimore). 2016;95(6):e2800. doi: 10.1097/MD.0000000000002800.
20. Riecher-Rossler AW. Estrogens and schizophrenia. In: Bergemann N, Riecher-Rossler A, eds. Estrogen effects in psychiatric disorders. Wien, Austria: Springer-Verlag Wien; 2005:31-52.
21. Pope CJ, Oinonen K, Mazmanian D, et al. The hormonal sensitivity hypothesis: a review and new findings. Med Hypotheses. 2017;102:69-77.
22. Dennerstein L, Soares CN. The unique challenges of managing depression in mid-life women. World Psychiatry. 2008;7(3):137-142.
23. Caan B, LaCroix AZ, Joffe H, et al. Effects of estrogen and venlafaxine on menopause-related quality of life in healthy postmenopausal women with hot flashes: a placebo-controlled randomized trial. Menopause. 2015;22(6):607-615.
24. Seeman MV. Psychosis in women: Consider midlife medical and psychological triggers. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(2):64-68,75-76.
25. Sajatovic M, Friedman SH, Sabharwal J, et al. Clinical characteristics and length of hospital stay among older adults with bipolar disorder, schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder, depression, and dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2004;17(1):3-8.
26. Grover S, Talwar P, Baghel R, et al. Genetic variability in estrogen disposition: potential clinical implications for neuropsychiatric disorders. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet. 2010;153B(8):1391-1410.
27. Kulkarni J, Gavrilidis E, Wang W, et al. Estradiol for treatment-resistant schizophrenia: a large-scale randomized-controlled trial in women of child-bearing age. Mol Psychiatry. 2015;20(6):695-702.
28. Kulkarni J, Gavrilidis E, Gwini SM, et al. Effect of adjunctive raloxifene therapy on severity of refractory schizophrenia in women: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(9):947-954.
29. Brzezinski A, Brzezinski-Sinai NA, Seeman MV. Treating schizophrenia during menopause. Menopause. 2017;24(5):582-588.
30. Lange B, Mueller JK, Leweke FM, et al. How gender affects the pharmacotherapeutic approach to treating psychosis - a systematic review. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2017;18(4):351-362.
31. Ballard KD, Kuh DJ, Wadsworth MEJ. The role of the menopause in women’s experiences of the ‘change of life.’ Sociology of Health & Illness. 2001;23(4):397-424.
32. Clayton AH, Ninan PT. Depression or menopause? Presentation and management of major depressive disorder in perimenopausal and postmenopausal women. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(1):PCC.08r00747. doi: 10.4088/PCC.08r00747blu.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Susan Hatters Friedman, MD
Associate Professor of Psychological Medicine
University of Auckland
Auckland, New Zealand
The Phillip J. Resnick Professor of Forensic Psychiatry
Case Western Reserve University
Cleveland, Ohio

Chandni Prakash, MBBS, MD
Maternal Mental Health Psychiatrist
Auckland District Health Board
Auckland, New Zealand

Charmian Møller-Olsen, MBBCh
Specialty Doctor in Psychiatry
Cygnet Hospital 
Coventry, United Kingdom

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
11-16,53
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Susan Hatters Friedman, MD
Associate Professor of Psychological Medicine
University of Auckland
Auckland, New Zealand
The Phillip J. Resnick Professor of Forensic Psychiatry
Case Western Reserve University
Cleveland, Ohio

Chandni Prakash, MBBS, MD
Maternal Mental Health Psychiatrist
Auckland District Health Board
Auckland, New Zealand

Charmian Møller-Olsen, MBBCh
Specialty Doctor in Psychiatry
Cygnet Hospital 
Coventry, United Kingdom

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Susan Hatters Friedman, MD
Associate Professor of Psychological Medicine
University of Auckland
Auckland, New Zealand
The Phillip J. Resnick Professor of Forensic Psychiatry
Case Western Reserve University
Cleveland, Ohio

Chandni Prakash, MBBS, MD
Maternal Mental Health Psychiatrist
Auckland District Health Board
Auckland, New Zealand

Charmian Møller-Olsen, MBBCh
Specialty Doctor in Psychiatry
Cygnet Hospital 
Coventry, United Kingdom

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mrs. J, age 49, presents to your psychiatric clinic. For the last few years, she has been experiencing night sweats and hot flashes, which she has attributed to being perimenopausal. Over the last year, she has noticed that her mood has declined; however, she has suffered several life events that she feels have contributed. Her mother was diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease and had to move into a nursing home, which Mrs. J found very stressful. At the same time, her daughter left home for college, and her son is exploring his college options. Recently, Mrs. J has not been able to work due to her mood, and she is afraid she may lose her job as a consequence. She has struggled to talk to her husband about how she is feeling, and feels increasingly isolated. Over the last month, she has had increased problems sleeping and less energy; some days she struggles to get out of bed. She is finding it difficult to concentrate and is more forgetful. She has lost interest in her hobbies and is no longer meeting with her friends. She has no history of depression or anxiety, although she recalls feeling very low in mood for months after the birth of each of her children.

Are Mrs. J’s symptoms related to menopause or depression? What further investigations are necessary? Would you modify your treatment plan because of her menopausal status?

Women are at elevated risk of developing psychiatric symptoms and disorders throughout their reproductive lives, including during menopause. Menopause is a time of life transition, when women may experience multiple physical symptoms, including vasomotor symptoms (night sweats and hot flashes), sexual symptoms, and sleep difficulties. Depressive symptoms occur more frequently during menopause, and symptoms of schizophrenia may worsen.

Estrogen plays a role in mental illness throughout a woman’s life. In menopause, decreasing estrogen levels may correlate with increased mood symptoms, physical symptoms, and psychotic symptoms. As such, psychiatrists should consider whether collaboration regarding adjunctive hormone replacement therapy would be beneficial, and whether the benefits outweigh the potential risks. Otherwise, treatment of depression in menopause is similar to treatment outside of the menopausal transition, though serotonergic antidepressants may help target vasomotor symptoms while therapy may focus on role transition and loss. In this article, we review why women are at increased risk for mental illness during menopause, the role of estrogen, and treatment of mood and psychotic disorders during this phase of a woman’s life.

Increased vulnerability across the lifespan

The female lifecycle includes several periods of increased vulnerability to mental illness related to reproductive hormones and life changes. Compared with men, women have approximately twice the risk of developing depression in their lifetime.1 With the onset of menarche, the increased risk of mental health problems begins (Table 11,2). Women are at elevated risk of mood disorders in both pregnancy and postpartum; approximately one-seventh to one-quarter of women experience postpartum depression, depending on the population studied. Finally, women are at risk of mood difficulties in the perimenopause. Those with a history of depression are at particularly elevated risk in the perimenopause.2


 

Continued to: Why menopause?

 

 

Why menopause?

Menopause is a significant life event. The menopause transition begins around age 47 and lasts 4 to 7 years. By age 55, most women are postmenopausal. Symptoms of menopause are described in Table 2.3 Menopause is colloquially known as the “change of life”—not only because of the physical changes, but because of the meaning a woman may attribute to these changes. She may associate menopause with loss of femininity or attractiveness. Also, menopause may coincide with social and developmental changes, such as having an “empty nest”—her children having left home. How menopause is construed by a woman (and the culture/society in which she lives) impacts her experience of menopause.4

 

Perimenopausal mood disorders

The SWAN Study (Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation) found that women’s risk of experiencing depressive symptoms was greater both during and after the menopause transition.5 A history of depression was the strongest predictor. Interestingly, the effect of menopausal status on the risk of depression was found to be independent of the woman’s personal history of depression, upsetting life events, vasomotor symptoms, and reproductive hormone changes. Two recent studies demonstrated that among women without a history of depression, depressive symptoms were more than twice as likely to emerge during the menopausal transition than premenopausally.6,7 Depression occurred in the context of the changing hormonal milieu. A recent meta-analysis8 found an inverse association between age at menopause and the risk of postmenopausal depression. Table 31,2,4,8-12 describes risk factors for developing depressive symptoms in menopause.


 

However, one should keep in mind that new-onset mania in menopause is rare and should trigger a medical work-up and a dementia evaluation.13 Table 414 provides recommendations for evaluation of women undergoing menopause.

Menopause and serious mental illnesses

A study of 91 perimenopausal and postmenopausal women (age 45 to 55) who were diagnosed with schizophrenia/schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder (MDD) found that women with severe mental illness experienced significant vasomotor, physical, sexual, and psychosocial symptoms related to menopause.15 Furthermore, on 7 of 29 items on the Menopause Specific Quality of Life Scale, including hot flashes, women diagnosed with MDD reported problems significantly more often than women with other serious mental illnesses.15

Women with serious mental illness often have deficits in their knowledge about menopause.3 More than half of the 91 women in the study diagnosed with schizophrenia/schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, or MDD felt more stressed related to menopause, and reported that menopause had a negative effect on their mental health.3 These women rated their top 5 symptoms potentially related to menopause as feeling depressed, anxious, or tired; lacking energy; and experiencing poor memory.3

 

Continued to: Role of estrogen on mood and psychosis

 

 

Role of estrogen on mood and psychosis

Women are at higher risk throughout their reproductive life than are men for MDD, anxiety disorders, and trauma-related disorders.12 Factors associated with depression during the menopause transition are reproductive hormonal changes (rise of follicle-stimulating hormone [FSH] and luteinizing hormone levels, and variability in estrogen [E2] and FSH levels); menopausal symptoms, particularly vasomotor symptoms; prior depression; psychosocial factors (adverse life events, financial strain, poor social supports); high body mass index, smoking, and poor physical health.6,7 Decreasing estrogen in the menopause transition may increase susceptibility to depression in some women.16 The Box17,18 provides more information on the relationship between estrogen and brain function.

Box

Estrogen and brain function


Numerous molecular and clinical studies have established the role of 17-beta estradiol in modulating brain functions via alterations in neurotransmission.17 Estrogen increases serotonin availability in the synapse by various pathways. It increases the rate of degradation of monoamine oxidase; monoamine oxidase enzymes are responsible for catabolizing serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine. Estrogen also increases tryptophan hydroxylase expression (rate-limiting enzyme in serotonin synthesis) and promotes intraneuronal serotonin transport in brain regions associated with affect regulation by increasing gene expression of the serotonin reuptake transporter. Studies have linked brain-derived neurotropic factor (BDNF) to increased serotonin turnover and proposed that estrogen may influence depression by increasing BDNF levels within the brain.18



Depressive disorders, including premenstrual dysphoric disorder, postpartum depression, and perimenopausal depression, have been linked to changes in hormonal status in women. Symptomatic menopause transition occurs in at least 20% of women, and a retrospective cohort study suggests that symptomatic menopause transition might increase the risk of new-onset depressive disorders, bipolar disorders, anxiety disorders, and sleep disorders.19 Symptomatic menopause transition also is a vulnerable time for relapse of MDD. Among women experiencing menopausal symptoms, including hot flashes, one-third also report depression—which correlates with a poorer quality of life, less work productivity, and greater use of health care services.9

Women who undergo surgical menopause are at greater risk for depression.8,10,11 This may be due to abrupt deprivation of estrogen—or related to a psychological reaction to the loss of fertility.

The observation that hormonal fluctuations related to women’s reproductive cycle have a significant impact on psychotic symptomatology has resulted in the “hypo-estrogenism hypothesis,” which proposes that gonadal dysfunction may increase vulnerability to schizophrenia, or that schizophrenia may lead to gonadal dysfunction.20 The “estrogen protection hypothesis” proposes that estrogen may protect women from schizophrenia, and may be a factor in the delayed onset of schizophrenia compared with men, less severe psychopathology, better outcomes, and premenstrual and postmenopausal deterioration in women. Many women of reproductive age with schizophrenia experience improvement in symptoms during the high estrogen phase of their menstrual cycle.

Pope et al21 have suggested that a hormone sensitivity syndrome may underlie why some women experience physical, psychological, and emotional symptoms at times of hormonal shifts such as menopause. This may represent a critical window of vulnerability, and also an opportunity to consider E2 as a therapeutic intervention.

 

Continued to: Treating mental illness in menopause

 

 

Treating mental illness in menopause

Changes to drug pharmacokinetics occur because some metabolising enzymes are estrogen-dependent and their levels decline after menopause, which leads to greater variability in drug response, particularly for oral medications. Other factors that can contribute to variability in medication response are polypharmacy, alcohol, illicit drugs, liver mass, smoking, caffeine, and nutritional intake.

While antidepressants are the first-line treatment for MDD and anxiety disorders, some patients remain unresponsive or inadequately responsive to currently available medications. In perimenopausal women with MDD, there may be an indication for adjunctive therapy with transdermal E2 in refractory cases; estrogen may augment the effects of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) antidepressants as well as hasten the onset of antidepressant action.22 Estrogen also may be worth considering in women with mild depressive symptoms. For MDD, SSRIs plus estrogen may be more beneficial in improving mood than either agent alone. The effectiveness of E2 is less certain in postmenopausal depression.


Hormonal therapy for mental health disorders has equivocal evidence. The individual’s history and risk factors (eg, cardiovascular and osteoporosis risks) must be considered. A recent trial found that treatment with either venlafaxine or low-dose estrogen improved quality of life in menopausal women with vasomotor symptoms.23 Venlafaxine improved the psychosocial domain, while estrogen improved quality of life in other domains. Escitalopram, duloxetine, and citalopram have also been identified as having a possible positive impact on menopausal symptoms.22 SSRIs and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors may help reduce hot flashes and improve sleep.11

Regarding schizophrenia and estrogen, there may be improved symptoms during the high estrogen phase of the menstrual cycle, followed by a premenstrual aggravation of symptoms. Recall that women have a second peak of onset of schizophrenia after age 45, around the age of the onset of menopause.24 In a study of geropsychiatric hospital admissions, women were overrepresented among those with schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder, compared with other psychiatric disorders.25 Postmenopausally, some women experience a decreased responsiveness to antipsychotics and worsening symptoms. In menopausal women with schizophrenia, check prolactin levels to help determine whether they are experiencing a natural menopause or medication-induced amenorrhea. Gender differences in pharmacotherapy responses and the decreasing response to antipsychotics in women older than age 50 have been observed26 and have led to exploration of the role of estrogen for treating schizophrenia in menopausal women. There have been contradictory results regarding use of estrogen as an adjunct to antipsychotics, with some reports finding this approach is effective and results in lower average doses of antipsychotics. Kulkarni et al27,28 have reported improvements in positive symptoms of treatment-resistant schizophrenia with transdermal use of E2, 200 mcg, as an adjunct to antipsychotics in women of childbearing age. However, they expressed caution regarding the health risks associated with prolonged use of E2. Long-term risks of high-dose estrogen therapies include thromboembolism, endometrial hyperplasia, and breast cancer, and individual factors should be considered before starting any form of hormone therapy. Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), such as raloxifene, which can cause activation of E2 receptors in a tissue-specific fashion and have less estrogen-related adverse effects, offer hope for future development in this field.27,28 While the use of adjunctive hormone therapy to manage psychotic symptoms in menopause is not routinely advised, the dosages of previously effective antipsychotics may need to be reviewed, or long-acting depot routes considered.29 Increased risk of prolonged QTc interval and tardive dyskinesia in geriatric women also should be considered in decisions regarding changes to antipsychotics or dosages.30

There are no guidelines regarding change in dosage of either individual antidepressants or antipsychotics in women at the time of menopause for managing pre-existing conditions. This may be due to the high variability in the effect of menopause on mental health and recognition that menopause is also a time for deterioration in physical health, as well as psychosocial changes for women, and thus other forms of intervention need to be considered.

 

Continued to: The biopsychosocial approach to treatment...

 

 

The biopsychosocial approach to treatment is particularly important in menopause.11 Common transitions in midlife include changes in relationships, employment, and financial status, and illness or death of family and friends.31 Therapy may focus on accepting a role transition and coping with loss of fertility. Cognitive-behavioral therapy may be helpful for menopausal symptoms, including hot flashes,4 as well as depressive symptoms.11

Although there are overlapping symptoms with both MDD and the perimenopause, these are typically restricted to impaired energy, sleep, and concentration, or changes in libido and weight.32 Therefore, it is vital to obtain a clear history and explore these symptoms in greater depth, as well as collect further information related to additional criteria such as appetite, agitation, feelings of worthlessness or guilt, and suicidal ideation.

Starting an antidepressant

On evaluation, Mrs. J discloses that she had experienced thoughts of wanting to end her life by overdose, although she had not acted on these thoughts. She appears subdued with poor eye contact, latency of response, and a slowed thought process. Mrs. J has blood tests to rule out thyroid abnormality or anemia. FSH and LH levels also are measured; these could provide a useful reference for later.

After a discussion with Mrs. J, she agrees to start an antidepressant. She also plans to speak to her gynecologist about the possibility of hormone replacement therapy. She is referred for psychotherapy to help support her with current life stressors. Mrs. J is started on escitalopram, 10 mg/d, and, after a month, she notices some improvement in her mood, psychomotor symptoms, sleep, and energy levels.

Bottom Line

Menopause is an important transition in our patients’ lives—both biologically and psychosocially. Women’s symptom patterns and medication needs may change during menopause.

Related Resource

Drug Brand Names
Citalopram • Celexa
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Raloxifene • Evista
Venlafaxine • Effexor

Mrs. J, age 49, presents to your psychiatric clinic. For the last few years, she has been experiencing night sweats and hot flashes, which she has attributed to being perimenopausal. Over the last year, she has noticed that her mood has declined; however, she has suffered several life events that she feels have contributed. Her mother was diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease and had to move into a nursing home, which Mrs. J found very stressful. At the same time, her daughter left home for college, and her son is exploring his college options. Recently, Mrs. J has not been able to work due to her mood, and she is afraid she may lose her job as a consequence. She has struggled to talk to her husband about how she is feeling, and feels increasingly isolated. Over the last month, she has had increased problems sleeping and less energy; some days she struggles to get out of bed. She is finding it difficult to concentrate and is more forgetful. She has lost interest in her hobbies and is no longer meeting with her friends. She has no history of depression or anxiety, although she recalls feeling very low in mood for months after the birth of each of her children.

Are Mrs. J’s symptoms related to menopause or depression? What further investigations are necessary? Would you modify your treatment plan because of her menopausal status?

Women are at elevated risk of developing psychiatric symptoms and disorders throughout their reproductive lives, including during menopause. Menopause is a time of life transition, when women may experience multiple physical symptoms, including vasomotor symptoms (night sweats and hot flashes), sexual symptoms, and sleep difficulties. Depressive symptoms occur more frequently during menopause, and symptoms of schizophrenia may worsen.

Estrogen plays a role in mental illness throughout a woman’s life. In menopause, decreasing estrogen levels may correlate with increased mood symptoms, physical symptoms, and psychotic symptoms. As such, psychiatrists should consider whether collaboration regarding adjunctive hormone replacement therapy would be beneficial, and whether the benefits outweigh the potential risks. Otherwise, treatment of depression in menopause is similar to treatment outside of the menopausal transition, though serotonergic antidepressants may help target vasomotor symptoms while therapy may focus on role transition and loss. In this article, we review why women are at increased risk for mental illness during menopause, the role of estrogen, and treatment of mood and psychotic disorders during this phase of a woman’s life.

Increased vulnerability across the lifespan

The female lifecycle includes several periods of increased vulnerability to mental illness related to reproductive hormones and life changes. Compared with men, women have approximately twice the risk of developing depression in their lifetime.1 With the onset of menarche, the increased risk of mental health problems begins (Table 11,2). Women are at elevated risk of mood disorders in both pregnancy and postpartum; approximately one-seventh to one-quarter of women experience postpartum depression, depending on the population studied. Finally, women are at risk of mood difficulties in the perimenopause. Those with a history of depression are at particularly elevated risk in the perimenopause.2


 

Continued to: Why menopause?

 

 

Why menopause?

Menopause is a significant life event. The menopause transition begins around age 47 and lasts 4 to 7 years. By age 55, most women are postmenopausal. Symptoms of menopause are described in Table 2.3 Menopause is colloquially known as the “change of life”—not only because of the physical changes, but because of the meaning a woman may attribute to these changes. She may associate menopause with loss of femininity or attractiveness. Also, menopause may coincide with social and developmental changes, such as having an “empty nest”—her children having left home. How menopause is construed by a woman (and the culture/society in which she lives) impacts her experience of menopause.4

 

Perimenopausal mood disorders

The SWAN Study (Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation) found that women’s risk of experiencing depressive symptoms was greater both during and after the menopause transition.5 A history of depression was the strongest predictor. Interestingly, the effect of menopausal status on the risk of depression was found to be independent of the woman’s personal history of depression, upsetting life events, vasomotor symptoms, and reproductive hormone changes. Two recent studies demonstrated that among women without a history of depression, depressive symptoms were more than twice as likely to emerge during the menopausal transition than premenopausally.6,7 Depression occurred in the context of the changing hormonal milieu. A recent meta-analysis8 found an inverse association between age at menopause and the risk of postmenopausal depression. Table 31,2,4,8-12 describes risk factors for developing depressive symptoms in menopause.


 

However, one should keep in mind that new-onset mania in menopause is rare and should trigger a medical work-up and a dementia evaluation.13 Table 414 provides recommendations for evaluation of women undergoing menopause.

Menopause and serious mental illnesses

A study of 91 perimenopausal and postmenopausal women (age 45 to 55) who were diagnosed with schizophrenia/schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder (MDD) found that women with severe mental illness experienced significant vasomotor, physical, sexual, and psychosocial symptoms related to menopause.15 Furthermore, on 7 of 29 items on the Menopause Specific Quality of Life Scale, including hot flashes, women diagnosed with MDD reported problems significantly more often than women with other serious mental illnesses.15

Women with serious mental illness often have deficits in their knowledge about menopause.3 More than half of the 91 women in the study diagnosed with schizophrenia/schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, or MDD felt more stressed related to menopause, and reported that menopause had a negative effect on their mental health.3 These women rated their top 5 symptoms potentially related to menopause as feeling depressed, anxious, or tired; lacking energy; and experiencing poor memory.3

 

Continued to: Role of estrogen on mood and psychosis

 

 

Role of estrogen on mood and psychosis

Women are at higher risk throughout their reproductive life than are men for MDD, anxiety disorders, and trauma-related disorders.12 Factors associated with depression during the menopause transition are reproductive hormonal changes (rise of follicle-stimulating hormone [FSH] and luteinizing hormone levels, and variability in estrogen [E2] and FSH levels); menopausal symptoms, particularly vasomotor symptoms; prior depression; psychosocial factors (adverse life events, financial strain, poor social supports); high body mass index, smoking, and poor physical health.6,7 Decreasing estrogen in the menopause transition may increase susceptibility to depression in some women.16 The Box17,18 provides more information on the relationship between estrogen and brain function.

Box

Estrogen and brain function


Numerous molecular and clinical studies have established the role of 17-beta estradiol in modulating brain functions via alterations in neurotransmission.17 Estrogen increases serotonin availability in the synapse by various pathways. It increases the rate of degradation of monoamine oxidase; monoamine oxidase enzymes are responsible for catabolizing serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine. Estrogen also increases tryptophan hydroxylase expression (rate-limiting enzyme in serotonin synthesis) and promotes intraneuronal serotonin transport in brain regions associated with affect regulation by increasing gene expression of the serotonin reuptake transporter. Studies have linked brain-derived neurotropic factor (BDNF) to increased serotonin turnover and proposed that estrogen may influence depression by increasing BDNF levels within the brain.18



Depressive disorders, including premenstrual dysphoric disorder, postpartum depression, and perimenopausal depression, have been linked to changes in hormonal status in women. Symptomatic menopause transition occurs in at least 20% of women, and a retrospective cohort study suggests that symptomatic menopause transition might increase the risk of new-onset depressive disorders, bipolar disorders, anxiety disorders, and sleep disorders.19 Symptomatic menopause transition also is a vulnerable time for relapse of MDD. Among women experiencing menopausal symptoms, including hot flashes, one-third also report depression—which correlates with a poorer quality of life, less work productivity, and greater use of health care services.9

Women who undergo surgical menopause are at greater risk for depression.8,10,11 This may be due to abrupt deprivation of estrogen—or related to a psychological reaction to the loss of fertility.

The observation that hormonal fluctuations related to women’s reproductive cycle have a significant impact on psychotic symptomatology has resulted in the “hypo-estrogenism hypothesis,” which proposes that gonadal dysfunction may increase vulnerability to schizophrenia, or that schizophrenia may lead to gonadal dysfunction.20 The “estrogen protection hypothesis” proposes that estrogen may protect women from schizophrenia, and may be a factor in the delayed onset of schizophrenia compared with men, less severe psychopathology, better outcomes, and premenstrual and postmenopausal deterioration in women. Many women of reproductive age with schizophrenia experience improvement in symptoms during the high estrogen phase of their menstrual cycle.

Pope et al21 have suggested that a hormone sensitivity syndrome may underlie why some women experience physical, psychological, and emotional symptoms at times of hormonal shifts such as menopause. This may represent a critical window of vulnerability, and also an opportunity to consider E2 as a therapeutic intervention.

 

Continued to: Treating mental illness in menopause

 

 

Treating mental illness in menopause

Changes to drug pharmacokinetics occur because some metabolising enzymes are estrogen-dependent and their levels decline after menopause, which leads to greater variability in drug response, particularly for oral medications. Other factors that can contribute to variability in medication response are polypharmacy, alcohol, illicit drugs, liver mass, smoking, caffeine, and nutritional intake.

While antidepressants are the first-line treatment for MDD and anxiety disorders, some patients remain unresponsive or inadequately responsive to currently available medications. In perimenopausal women with MDD, there may be an indication for adjunctive therapy with transdermal E2 in refractory cases; estrogen may augment the effects of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) antidepressants as well as hasten the onset of antidepressant action.22 Estrogen also may be worth considering in women with mild depressive symptoms. For MDD, SSRIs plus estrogen may be more beneficial in improving mood than either agent alone. The effectiveness of E2 is less certain in postmenopausal depression.


Hormonal therapy for mental health disorders has equivocal evidence. The individual’s history and risk factors (eg, cardiovascular and osteoporosis risks) must be considered. A recent trial found that treatment with either venlafaxine or low-dose estrogen improved quality of life in menopausal women with vasomotor symptoms.23 Venlafaxine improved the psychosocial domain, while estrogen improved quality of life in other domains. Escitalopram, duloxetine, and citalopram have also been identified as having a possible positive impact on menopausal symptoms.22 SSRIs and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors may help reduce hot flashes and improve sleep.11

Regarding schizophrenia and estrogen, there may be improved symptoms during the high estrogen phase of the menstrual cycle, followed by a premenstrual aggravation of symptoms. Recall that women have a second peak of onset of schizophrenia after age 45, around the age of the onset of menopause.24 In a study of geropsychiatric hospital admissions, women were overrepresented among those with schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder, compared with other psychiatric disorders.25 Postmenopausally, some women experience a decreased responsiveness to antipsychotics and worsening symptoms. In menopausal women with schizophrenia, check prolactin levels to help determine whether they are experiencing a natural menopause or medication-induced amenorrhea. Gender differences in pharmacotherapy responses and the decreasing response to antipsychotics in women older than age 50 have been observed26 and have led to exploration of the role of estrogen for treating schizophrenia in menopausal women. There have been contradictory results regarding use of estrogen as an adjunct to antipsychotics, with some reports finding this approach is effective and results in lower average doses of antipsychotics. Kulkarni et al27,28 have reported improvements in positive symptoms of treatment-resistant schizophrenia with transdermal use of E2, 200 mcg, as an adjunct to antipsychotics in women of childbearing age. However, they expressed caution regarding the health risks associated with prolonged use of E2. Long-term risks of high-dose estrogen therapies include thromboembolism, endometrial hyperplasia, and breast cancer, and individual factors should be considered before starting any form of hormone therapy. Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), such as raloxifene, which can cause activation of E2 receptors in a tissue-specific fashion and have less estrogen-related adverse effects, offer hope for future development in this field.27,28 While the use of adjunctive hormone therapy to manage psychotic symptoms in menopause is not routinely advised, the dosages of previously effective antipsychotics may need to be reviewed, or long-acting depot routes considered.29 Increased risk of prolonged QTc interval and tardive dyskinesia in geriatric women also should be considered in decisions regarding changes to antipsychotics or dosages.30

There are no guidelines regarding change in dosage of either individual antidepressants or antipsychotics in women at the time of menopause for managing pre-existing conditions. This may be due to the high variability in the effect of menopause on mental health and recognition that menopause is also a time for deterioration in physical health, as well as psychosocial changes for women, and thus other forms of intervention need to be considered.

 

Continued to: The biopsychosocial approach to treatment...

 

 

The biopsychosocial approach to treatment is particularly important in menopause.11 Common transitions in midlife include changes in relationships, employment, and financial status, and illness or death of family and friends.31 Therapy may focus on accepting a role transition and coping with loss of fertility. Cognitive-behavioral therapy may be helpful for menopausal symptoms, including hot flashes,4 as well as depressive symptoms.11

Although there are overlapping symptoms with both MDD and the perimenopause, these are typically restricted to impaired energy, sleep, and concentration, or changes in libido and weight.32 Therefore, it is vital to obtain a clear history and explore these symptoms in greater depth, as well as collect further information related to additional criteria such as appetite, agitation, feelings of worthlessness or guilt, and suicidal ideation.

Starting an antidepressant

On evaluation, Mrs. J discloses that she had experienced thoughts of wanting to end her life by overdose, although she had not acted on these thoughts. She appears subdued with poor eye contact, latency of response, and a slowed thought process. Mrs. J has blood tests to rule out thyroid abnormality or anemia. FSH and LH levels also are measured; these could provide a useful reference for later.

After a discussion with Mrs. J, she agrees to start an antidepressant. She also plans to speak to her gynecologist about the possibility of hormone replacement therapy. She is referred for psychotherapy to help support her with current life stressors. Mrs. J is started on escitalopram, 10 mg/d, and, after a month, she notices some improvement in her mood, psychomotor symptoms, sleep, and energy levels.

Bottom Line

Menopause is an important transition in our patients’ lives—both biologically and psychosocially. Women’s symptom patterns and medication needs may change during menopause.

Related Resource

Drug Brand Names
Citalopram • Celexa
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Raloxifene • Evista
Venlafaxine • Effexor

References

1. Bromberger JT, Kravitz HM. Mood and menopause: findings from the study of women’s health across the nation (SWAN) over 10 years. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am. 2011;38(3):609-625.
2. Almeida OP, Marsh K, Flicker L, et al. Depressive symptoms in midlife: the role of reproductive stage. Menopause. 2016;23(6):669-765.
3. Sajatovic M, Friedman SH, Schuermeyer IN, et al. Menopause knowledge and subjective experience among peri- and postmenopausal women with bipolar disorder, schizophrenia and major depression. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2006;194(3):173-178.
4. Ayers BN, Forshaw MJ, Hunter MS. The menopause. The Psychologist. 2011;24:348-353.
5. Bromberger JT, Kravitz HM, Chang YF, et al. Major depression during and after the menopausal transition: Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation (SWAN). Psychol Med. 2011;41(9):1879-1888.
6. Cohen LS, Soares CN, Vitonis AF, et al. Risk for new onset of depression during the menopausal transition: the Harvard study of moods and cycles. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63(4):385-390.
7. Freeman EW, Sammel MD, Lin H, et al. Associations of hormones and menopausal status with depressed mood in women with no history of depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63(4):375-382.
8. Georgakis MK, Thomopoulos TP, Diamantaras AA, et al. Association of age at menopause and duration of reproductive period with depression after menopause: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Psychiatry 2016;73(2):139-149.
9. DiBonaventura MC, Wagner JS, Alvir J, et al. Depression, quality of life, work productivity, resource use, and costs among women experiencing menopause and hot flashes: a cross-sectional study [published online November 1, 2012]. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2012;14(6): pii: PCC.12m01410. doi: 10.4088/PCC.12m01410.
10. Llaneza P, Garcia-Portilla MP, Llaneza-Suárez D, et al. Depressive disorders and the menopause transition. Maturitas. 2012;71(2):120-130.
11. Vivian-Taylor J, Hickey M. Menopause and depression: is there a link? Maturitas. 2014;79(2):142-146.
12. Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Swartz M, et al. Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. 1: lifetime prevalence, chronicity and recurrence. J Affect Disord. 1993;29(2-3):85-96.
13. Friedman SH, Stankowski JE, Sajatovic M. Bipolar disorder in women. The Female Patient. 2007;32:15-24.
14. Soares C, Cohen L. The perimenopause, depressive disorders, and hormonal variability. Sao Paulo Med J. 2001;119(2):78-83.
15. Friedman SH, Sajatovic M, Schuermeyer IN, et al. Menopause-related quality of life in chronically mentally ill women. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2005;35(3):259-271.
16. Schmidt PJ, Ben Dor R, Martinez PE, et al. Effects of estradiol withdrawal on mood in women with past perimenopausal depression: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(7):714-726.
17. Carretti N, Florio P, Bertolin A et al. Serum fluctuations of total and free tryptophan levels during the menstrual cycle are related to gonadotrophins and reflect brain serotonin utilization. Hum Reprod. 2005;20(6):1548-1553.
18. Borrow AP, Cameron NM. Estrogenic mediation of serotonergic and neurotrophic systems: implications for female mood disorders. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2014;54:13-25.
19. Hu LY, Shen CC, Hung JH et al. Risk of psychiatric disorders following symptomatic menopausal transition: a nationwide population-based retrospective cohort study. Medicine (Baltimore). 2016;95(6):e2800. doi: 10.1097/MD.0000000000002800.
20. Riecher-Rossler AW. Estrogens and schizophrenia. In: Bergemann N, Riecher-Rossler A, eds. Estrogen effects in psychiatric disorders. Wien, Austria: Springer-Verlag Wien; 2005:31-52.
21. Pope CJ, Oinonen K, Mazmanian D, et al. The hormonal sensitivity hypothesis: a review and new findings. Med Hypotheses. 2017;102:69-77.
22. Dennerstein L, Soares CN. The unique challenges of managing depression in mid-life women. World Psychiatry. 2008;7(3):137-142.
23. Caan B, LaCroix AZ, Joffe H, et al. Effects of estrogen and venlafaxine on menopause-related quality of life in healthy postmenopausal women with hot flashes: a placebo-controlled randomized trial. Menopause. 2015;22(6):607-615.
24. Seeman MV. Psychosis in women: Consider midlife medical and psychological triggers. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(2):64-68,75-76.
25. Sajatovic M, Friedman SH, Sabharwal J, et al. Clinical characteristics and length of hospital stay among older adults with bipolar disorder, schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder, depression, and dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2004;17(1):3-8.
26. Grover S, Talwar P, Baghel R, et al. Genetic variability in estrogen disposition: potential clinical implications for neuropsychiatric disorders. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet. 2010;153B(8):1391-1410.
27. Kulkarni J, Gavrilidis E, Wang W, et al. Estradiol for treatment-resistant schizophrenia: a large-scale randomized-controlled trial in women of child-bearing age. Mol Psychiatry. 2015;20(6):695-702.
28. Kulkarni J, Gavrilidis E, Gwini SM, et al. Effect of adjunctive raloxifene therapy on severity of refractory schizophrenia in women: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(9):947-954.
29. Brzezinski A, Brzezinski-Sinai NA, Seeman MV. Treating schizophrenia during menopause. Menopause. 2017;24(5):582-588.
30. Lange B, Mueller JK, Leweke FM, et al. How gender affects the pharmacotherapeutic approach to treating psychosis - a systematic review. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2017;18(4):351-362.
31. Ballard KD, Kuh DJ, Wadsworth MEJ. The role of the menopause in women’s experiences of the ‘change of life.’ Sociology of Health & Illness. 2001;23(4):397-424.
32. Clayton AH, Ninan PT. Depression or menopause? Presentation and management of major depressive disorder in perimenopausal and postmenopausal women. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(1):PCC.08r00747. doi: 10.4088/PCC.08r00747blu.

References

1. Bromberger JT, Kravitz HM. Mood and menopause: findings from the study of women’s health across the nation (SWAN) over 10 years. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am. 2011;38(3):609-625.
2. Almeida OP, Marsh K, Flicker L, et al. Depressive symptoms in midlife: the role of reproductive stage. Menopause. 2016;23(6):669-765.
3. Sajatovic M, Friedman SH, Schuermeyer IN, et al. Menopause knowledge and subjective experience among peri- and postmenopausal women with bipolar disorder, schizophrenia and major depression. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2006;194(3):173-178.
4. Ayers BN, Forshaw MJ, Hunter MS. The menopause. The Psychologist. 2011;24:348-353.
5. Bromberger JT, Kravitz HM, Chang YF, et al. Major depression during and after the menopausal transition: Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation (SWAN). Psychol Med. 2011;41(9):1879-1888.
6. Cohen LS, Soares CN, Vitonis AF, et al. Risk for new onset of depression during the menopausal transition: the Harvard study of moods and cycles. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63(4):385-390.
7. Freeman EW, Sammel MD, Lin H, et al. Associations of hormones and menopausal status with depressed mood in women with no history of depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63(4):375-382.
8. Georgakis MK, Thomopoulos TP, Diamantaras AA, et al. Association of age at menopause and duration of reproductive period with depression after menopause: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Psychiatry 2016;73(2):139-149.
9. DiBonaventura MC, Wagner JS, Alvir J, et al. Depression, quality of life, work productivity, resource use, and costs among women experiencing menopause and hot flashes: a cross-sectional study [published online November 1, 2012]. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2012;14(6): pii: PCC.12m01410. doi: 10.4088/PCC.12m01410.
10. Llaneza P, Garcia-Portilla MP, Llaneza-Suárez D, et al. Depressive disorders and the menopause transition. Maturitas. 2012;71(2):120-130.
11. Vivian-Taylor J, Hickey M. Menopause and depression: is there a link? Maturitas. 2014;79(2):142-146.
12. Kessler RC, McGonagle KA, Swartz M, et al. Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. 1: lifetime prevalence, chronicity and recurrence. J Affect Disord. 1993;29(2-3):85-96.
13. Friedman SH, Stankowski JE, Sajatovic M. Bipolar disorder in women. The Female Patient. 2007;32:15-24.
14. Soares C, Cohen L. The perimenopause, depressive disorders, and hormonal variability. Sao Paulo Med J. 2001;119(2):78-83.
15. Friedman SH, Sajatovic M, Schuermeyer IN, et al. Menopause-related quality of life in chronically mentally ill women. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2005;35(3):259-271.
16. Schmidt PJ, Ben Dor R, Martinez PE, et al. Effects of estradiol withdrawal on mood in women with past perimenopausal depression: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(7):714-726.
17. Carretti N, Florio P, Bertolin A et al. Serum fluctuations of total and free tryptophan levels during the menstrual cycle are related to gonadotrophins and reflect brain serotonin utilization. Hum Reprod. 2005;20(6):1548-1553.
18. Borrow AP, Cameron NM. Estrogenic mediation of serotonergic and neurotrophic systems: implications for female mood disorders. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2014;54:13-25.
19. Hu LY, Shen CC, Hung JH et al. Risk of psychiatric disorders following symptomatic menopausal transition: a nationwide population-based retrospective cohort study. Medicine (Baltimore). 2016;95(6):e2800. doi: 10.1097/MD.0000000000002800.
20. Riecher-Rossler AW. Estrogens and schizophrenia. In: Bergemann N, Riecher-Rossler A, eds. Estrogen effects in psychiatric disorders. Wien, Austria: Springer-Verlag Wien; 2005:31-52.
21. Pope CJ, Oinonen K, Mazmanian D, et al. The hormonal sensitivity hypothesis: a review and new findings. Med Hypotheses. 2017;102:69-77.
22. Dennerstein L, Soares CN. The unique challenges of managing depression in mid-life women. World Psychiatry. 2008;7(3):137-142.
23. Caan B, LaCroix AZ, Joffe H, et al. Effects of estrogen and venlafaxine on menopause-related quality of life in healthy postmenopausal women with hot flashes: a placebo-controlled randomized trial. Menopause. 2015;22(6):607-615.
24. Seeman MV. Psychosis in women: Consider midlife medical and psychological triggers. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(2):64-68,75-76.
25. Sajatovic M, Friedman SH, Sabharwal J, et al. Clinical characteristics and length of hospital stay among older adults with bipolar disorder, schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder, depression, and dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2004;17(1):3-8.
26. Grover S, Talwar P, Baghel R, et al. Genetic variability in estrogen disposition: potential clinical implications for neuropsychiatric disorders. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet. 2010;153B(8):1391-1410.
27. Kulkarni J, Gavrilidis E, Wang W, et al. Estradiol for treatment-resistant schizophrenia: a large-scale randomized-controlled trial in women of child-bearing age. Mol Psychiatry. 2015;20(6):695-702.
28. Kulkarni J, Gavrilidis E, Gwini SM, et al. Effect of adjunctive raloxifene therapy on severity of refractory schizophrenia in women: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(9):947-954.
29. Brzezinski A, Brzezinski-Sinai NA, Seeman MV. Treating schizophrenia during menopause. Menopause. 2017;24(5):582-588.
30. Lange B, Mueller JK, Leweke FM, et al. How gender affects the pharmacotherapeutic approach to treating psychosis - a systematic review. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2017;18(4):351-362.
31. Ballard KD, Kuh DJ, Wadsworth MEJ. The role of the menopause in women’s experiences of the ‘change of life.’ Sociology of Health & Illness. 2001;23(4):397-424.
32. Clayton AH, Ninan PT. Depression or menopause? Presentation and management of major depressive disorder in perimenopausal and postmenopausal women. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(1):PCC.08r00747. doi: 10.4088/PCC.08r00747blu.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
11-16,53
Page Number
11-16,53
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Psychiatric considerations in menopause
Display Headline
Psychiatric considerations in menopause
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Caring for patients with autism spectrum disorder

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 10/07/2019 - 08:41
Display Headline
Caring for patients with autism spectrum disorder

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is an umbrella term used to describe lifelong neurodevelopmental disorders characterized by impairment in social interactions and communication coupled with restricted, repetitive patterns of behaviors or interests that appear to share a common developmental course.1 In this article, we examine psychiatric care of patients with ASD and the most common symptom clusters treated with pharmacotherapy: irritability, anxiety, and hyperactivity/inattention.

First step: Keep the diagnosis in mind

Prior to 2013, ASD was comprised of 3 separate disorders distinguished by language delay and overall severity: autistic disorder, Asperger’s disorder, and pervasive developmental disorder, not otherwise specified.2 With the release of DSM-5 in 2013, these disorders were essentially collapsed into a single ASD.3 ASD prevalence is estimated to be 1 in 59 children,4 which represents a 20- to 30-fold increase since the 1960s.

In order to provide adequate psychiatric care for individuals with ASD, the first step is to remember the diagnosis; keep it in mind. This may be particularly important for clinicians who primarily care for adults, because such clinicians often receive limited training in disorders first manifesting in childhood and may not consider ASD in patients who have not been previously diagnosed. However, ASD diagnostic criteria have become broader, and public knowledge of the diagnosis has grown. DSM-5 acknowledges that although symptoms begin in early childhood, they may become more recognizable later in life with increasing social demand. The result is that many adults are likely undiagnosed. The estimated prevalence of ASD in adult psychiatric settings range from 1.5% to 4%.5-7 These patients have different treatment needs and unfortunately are often misdiagnosed with other psychiatric conditions.

A recent study in a state psychiatric facility found that 10% of patients in this setting met criteria for ASD.8 Almost all of those patients had been misdiagnosed with some form of schizophrenia, including one patient who had been previously diagnosed with autism by the father of autism himself, Leo Kanner, MD. Through the years, this patient’s autism diagnosis had fallen away, and at the time of the study, the patient carried a diagnosis of undifferentiated schizophrenia and was prescribed 8 psychotropic medications. The patient had repeatedly denied auditory or visual hallucinations; however, his stereotypies and odd behaviors were taken as evidence that he was responding to internal stimuli. This case highlights the importance of keeping the ASD diagnosis in mind when evaluating and treating patients.

Addressing 3 key symptom clusters

Even for patients with an established ASD diagnosis, comprehensive treatment is complex. It typically involves a multimodal approach that includes speech therapy, occupational therapy, applied behavioral analysis (ABA), and vocational training and support as well as management of associated medical conditions. Because medical comorbidities may play an important role in exacerbation of severe behaviors in ASD, often leading to acute behavioral regression and psychiatric admission, it is essential that they not be overlooked during evaluations.9,10

There are no effective pharmacologic treatments for the core social deficits seen in ASD. Novel pharmacotherapies to improve social impairment are in the early stages of research,11,12 but currently social impairment is best addressed through behavioral therapy and social skills training. Our role as psychiatrists is most often to treat co-occurring psychiatric symptoms so that individuals with ASD can fully participate in behavioral and school-based treatments that lead to improved social skills, activities of daily living, and quality of life. Three of the most common of these symptoms are irritability, anxiety, and hyperactivity/inattention.

 

Irritability

Irritability, marked by aggression, self-injury, and severe tantrums, causes serious distress for both patients and families, and this behavior cluster is the most frequently reported comorbid symptom in ASD.13-15 Nonpharmacologic treatment of irritability often involves ABA-based therapy and communication training.

Continued to: ABA includes an initial functional behavior assessment...

 

 

ABA includes an initial functional behavior assessment (FBA) of maladaptive behavior followed by the application of specific schedules of reinforcement for positive behavior. The FBA allows the therapist to determine what desirable consequences maintain a behavior. Without this knowledge, there is the risk of inadvertently rewarding a maladaptive behavior. For instance, if you are recommending a time-out for escape-motivated aggression, the result will likely be an increase rather than decrease in aggression.

Communication training teaches the patient to use communicative means to request a desired outcome to reduce inappropriate behaviors and improve independent functioning. Communication training can include speech therapy, teaching sign language, using picture exchange programs, or navigating communication devices. Consideration of nonpharmacologic management is vital in treatment planning. Continual inadvertent reward of behaviors will limit the effects of medications. Evidence suggests that pharmacotherapy is more effective when it occurs in the context of appropriate behavioral management techniques.16

Irritability has been the focus of significant pharmacotherapy research in ASD. Second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) are first-line pharmacotherapy for severe irritability. Risperidone and aripiprazole are both FDA-approved for addressing irritability in youth with ASD. Their efficacy has been established in several large, placebo-controlled trials.17-23

Given issues with tolerability and cases refractory to the use of first-line agents,24 other SGAs are frequently used off-label for this indication with limited safety or efficacy data. Olanzapine demonstrated high response rates in early open-label studies,25,26 followed by efficacy over an 8-week double-blind placebo-controlled trial, although with significant weight gain.27 No other SGAs have been examined in double-blind placebo-controlled trials. Paliperidone demonstrated a particularly high response rate (84%) in a prospective open-label study of 25 adolescents and young adults with ASD.28 In a retrospective study of ziprasidone in 42 youth with ASD and irritability, we reported a response rate of 40%, which is lower than that seen for some other SGAs; however, ziprasidone can be an appealing option for patients for whom SGA-associated weight gain has been significant, because it is much more likely to be weight-neutral.29,30 Open-label studies with quetiapine in ASD have generally revealed only minimal efficacy for aggression,31,32 although sleep improvement may be more substantial.32 The safety and tolerability of lurasidone in treating irritability in youth with ASD has yet to be established.33 It is the only SGA with a published negative placebo-controlled trial in ASD.34 Use of SGAs may be limited by adverse effects, including weight gain, increased appetite, sedation, enuresis, and elevated prolactin. Monitoring of body mass index and metabolic profiles is indicated with all SGAs.

Haloperidol is the only first-generation antipsychotic with significant evidence (from multiple studies dating back to 1978) to support its use for ASD-associated irritability.35 However, due to the high incidence of dyskinesias and potential dystonias, use of haloperidol is reserved for severe treatment-refractory symptoms that have often not improved after multiple SGA trials.


Continued to: When severe self-inury and aggression fail to improve...

 

 

When severe self-injury and aggression fail to improve with multiple medication trials, the next steps include combination treatment with multiple antipsychotics,36 followed by clozapine, often as a last option.37 Research suggests that clozapine is effective and well-tolerated in ASD38-42; however, it has many potential severe adverse effects, including cardiomyopathy, lowered seizure threshold, severe constipation, weight gain, and agranulocytosis; due to risk of the latter, patients require regular blood draws for monitoring.

There is very little evidence to support the use of antiepileptic medications (AEDs) and mood stabilizers for irritability in ASD.43 Placebo-controlled trials have had mixed results. Some evidence suggests that AEDS may have more utility in individuals with ASD and abnormal EEGs without epilepsy44 or as an adjunct to SGA treatment.45 One study found that lithium may be beneficial for patients with ASD whose clinical presentation includes 2 or more mood symptoms.46

Anxiety

Anxiety is a significant issue for many individuals with ASD.47 Anxiety symptoms and disorders, including specific phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), social anxiety, and generalized anxiety disorder, are commonly seen in persons with ASD.48 Anxiety is often combined with restricted, repetitive behaviors (RBs) in ASD literature. Some evidence suggests that in individuals with ASD, sameness behaviors may limit sensory input and modulate anxiety.49 However, the core RBs symptom domain may not be related solely to anxiety, but rather represents deficits in executive processes that include cognitive flexibility and inhibitory control seen across multiple disorders with prominent RBs.50-54 Research indicates that anxiety is an independent and separable construct in ASD.55

Studies of treatments for both RBs and anxiety have focused primarily on selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), hoping that the promising results for anxiety and OCD behaviors seen in neurotypical patients would translate to patients with ASD.56 Unfortunately, there is little evidence for effective pharmacologic management of ASD-associated anxiety.57 Large, randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are lacking. A Cochrane Database review of SSRIs for ASD58 examined 9 RCTs with a total of 320 patients. The authors concluded that there is no evidence to support the use of SSRIs for children with ASD, and limited evidence of utility in adults. Youth with ASD are particularly vulnerable to adverse effects from SSRIs, specifically impulsivity and agitation.57,59 However, SSRIs are among the most commonly prescribed medications for youth with ASD. Because there is limited evidence supporting SSRIs’ efficacy for this indication and issues with tolerability, there is significant concern for the overprescribing of SSRIs to patients with ASD. In comparison, there is some compelling evidence of efficacy for modified cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for patients with high-functioning ASD. Seven RCTs have shown that CBT is superior to treatment as usual and waiting list control groups, with most effect sizes >0.8 and with no treatment-associated adverse effects.57

Risperidone has been shown to reduce RBs17,60 and anxiety17 in patients with ASD. In young children with co-occurring irritability, risperidone monotherapy is likely best to address both symptoms. When anxiety occurs in isolation and is severe, clinical experience suggests that SSRIs can be effective in a limited percentage of cases, though we recommend starting at low doses with frequent monitoring for activation and irritability. Treatment of anxiety is further complicated by the significant challenges presented by the diagnosis of true anxiety in the context of ASD.

Continued to: Hyperactivity and impulsivity

 

 

Hyperactivity and impulsivity

Hyperactivity and impulsivity are common among patients with ASD, with rates estimated from 41% to 78%.61 Hyperactivity and inattention are treated with a variety of medications. Research examining methylphenidate in ASD has demonstrated modest effects compared with placebo, though with frequent adverse effects, such as increased irritability and insomnia62,63 Other smaller studies have confirmed these results.64-66 One additional study found improvements not only in hyperactivity but also in joint attention and self-regulation of affective state following stimulant treatment.67 There is limited data on the efficacy and tolerability of amphetamine for treating hyperactivity and impulsivity in ASD. Stimulant medications often are avoided as the first-line treatment for hyperactivity because of concerns about increased irritability. Alpha-2 adrenergic receptor agonists often are used before stimulants because of their relatively benign adverse effect profile. Clonidine, guanfacine, and guanfacine ER all have demonstrated effectiveness in double-blind, placebo-controls trials in patients with ASD.68-70 In these trails, sedation was the most common adverse effect, although some studies have reported increased irritability with guanfacine.70,71

The Table provides a summary of the target symptoms and their treatment options for patients with ASD.

Improved diagnosis, but few evidence-based treatments

The rise in ASD cases observed over the past 20 years can be explained in part by a broader diagnostic algorithm and increased awareness. We are better at identifying ASD; however, there are still considerable gaps in identifying ASD in high-functioning patients and adults. One percent of the population has ASD,72,73 and this group is overrepresented in psychiatric clinic and hospital settings.74 Therefore, we must be aware of and understand the diagnosis.

Medication treatments are often less effective and less tolerable in patients with ASD than in patients without neurodevelop­mental disability. There are differences in pharmacotherapy response and tolerability across development in ASD and limited evidence to guide prescribing in adults with ASD. SGAs appear to be effective across multiple symptom domains, but carry the risk of significant adverse effects. For anxiety and irritability, there is compelling evidence supporting the use of nonpharmacologic treatments.

 

Bottom Line

A subset of patients seen in psychiatry will have undiagnosed autism spectrum disorder (ASD). When evaluating worsening behaviors, first rule out organic causes. Second-generation antipsychotics have the most evidence for efficacy in ASD across multiple symptom domains. To sustain improvement in symptoms, it is vital to incorporate nonpharmacologic treatments.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Clonidine • Catapres
Clozapine • Clozaril
Guanfacine • Tenex
Guanfacine Extended Release • Intuniv
Haloperidol • Haldol
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Methylphenidate • Ritalin
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Paliperidone • Invega
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Ziprasidone • Geodon

References

1. Volkmar FR, Lord C, Bailey A, et al. Autism and pervasive developmental disorders. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 2004;45(1):135-170.
2. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. Baio J, Wiggins L, Christensen DL, et al. Prevalence of autism spectrum disorder among children aged 8 years—Autism and Developmental Disabilities Monitoring Network, 11 sites, United States, 2014. MMWR Surveill Summ 2018;67(6):1-23.
5. Scragg P, Shah A. Prevalence of Asperger’s syndrome in a secure hospital. Br J Psychiatry. 1994;165(5):679-682.
6. Hare DJ, Gould J, Mills R, et al. A preliminary study of individuals with autistic spectrum disorders in three special hospitals in England. London, UK: National Autistic Society; 1999.
7. Shah A, Holmes N, Wing L. Prevalence of autism and related conditions in adults in a mental handicap hospital. Appl Res Ment Retard. 1982;3(3):303-317.
8. Mandell DS, Lawer LJ, Branch K, et al. Prevalence and correlates of autism in a state psychiatric hospital. Autism. 2012;16(6):557-567.
9. Guinchat V, Cravero C, Diaz L, et al. Acute behavioral crises in psychiatric inpatients with autism spectrum disorder (ASD): recognition of concomitant medical or non-ASD psychiatric conditions predicts enhanced improvement. Res Devel Disabil. 2015;38:242-255.
10. Perisse D, Amiet C, Consoli A, et al. Risk factors of acute behavioral regression in psychiatrically hospitalized adolescents with autism. J Can Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2010;19(2):100-108.
11. Canitano R. New experimental treatments for core social domain in autism spectrum disorders. Front Pediatr. 2014;2:61.
12. Wink LK, Plawecki MH, Erickson CA, et al. Emerging drugs for the treatment of symptoms associated with autism spectrum disorders. Expert Opin Emerg Drugs. 2010;15(3):481-494.
13. Fitzpatrick SE, Srivorakiat L, Wink LK, et al. Aggression in autism spectrum disorder: presentation and treatment options. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2016;12:1525-1538.
14. Lecavalier L, Leone S, Wiltz J. The impact of behaviour problems on caregiver stress in young people with autism spectrum disorders. J Intellect Disabil Res. 2006;50(pt 3):172-183.
15. Mills R, Wing L. Researching interventions in ASD and priorities for research: surveying the membership of the NAS. London, UK: National Autistic Society; 2005.
16. Aman MG, McDougle CJ, Scahill L, et al. Medication and parent training in children with pervasive developmental disorders and serious behavior problems: results from a randomized clinical trial. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009;48(12):1143-1154.
17. McDougle CJ, Holmes JP, Carlson DC, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of risperidone in adults with autistic disorder and other pervasive developmental disorders. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1998;55(7):633-641.
18. Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology Autism Network. Risperidone treatment of autistic disorder: longer-term benefits and blinded discontinuation after 6 months. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(7):1361-1369.
19. Shea S, Turgay A, Carroll A, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of disruptive behavioral symptoms in children with autistic and other pervasive developmental disorders. Pediatrics. 2004;114(5):e634-e641.
20. Zuddas A, Zanni R, Usala T. Second generation antipsychotics (SGAs) for non-psychotic disorders in children and adolescents: a review of the randomized controlled studies. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;21(8):600-620.
21. Benton TD. Aripiprazole to treat irritability associated with autism: a placebo-controlled, fixed-dose trial. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2011;13(2):77-79.
22. Marcus RN, Owen R, Kamen L, et al. A placebo-controlled, fixed-dose study of aripiprazole in children and adolescents with irritability associated with autistic disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009;48(11):1110-1119.
23. Owen R, Sikich L, Marcus RN, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of irritability in children and adolescents with autistic disorder. Pediatrics. 2009;124(6):1533-1540.
24. Adler BA, Wink LK, Early M, et al. Drug-refractory aggression, self-injurious behavior, and severe tantrums in autism spectrum disorders: a chart review study. Autism. 2015;19(1):102-106.
25. Malone RP, Cater J, Sheikh RM, et al. Olanzapine versus haloperidol in children with autistic disorder: an open pilot study. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2001;40(8):887-894.
26. Potenza MN, Holmes JP, Kanes SJ, et al. Olanzapine treatment of children, adolescents, and adults with pervasive developmental disorders: an open-label pilot study. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1999;19(1):37-44.
27. Hollander E, Wasserman S, Swanson EN, et al. A double-blind placebo-controlled pilot study of olanzapine in childhood/adolescent pervasive developmental disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2006;16(5):541-548.
28. Stigler KA, Erickson CA, Mullett JE, et al. Paliperidone for irritability in autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(1):75-78.
29. Dominick K, Wink LK, McDougle CJ, et al. A retrospective naturalistic study of ziprasidone for irritability in youth with autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2015;25(5):397-401.
30. Malone RP, Delaney MA, Hyman SB, et al. Ziprasidone in adolescents with autism: an open-label pilot study. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2007;17(6):779-790.
31. Findling RL, McNamara NK, Gracious BL, et al. Quetiapine in nine youths with autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2004;14(2):287-294.
32. Golubchik P, Sever J, Weizman A. Low-dose quetiapine for adolescents with autistic spectrum disorder and aggressive behavior: open-label trial. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2011;34(6):216-219.
33. McClellan L, Dominick KC, Pedapati EV, et al. Lurasidone for the treatment of irritability and anger in autism spectrum disorders. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2017;26(8):985-989.
34. Loebel A, Brams M, Goldman RS, et al. Lurasidone for the treatment of irritability associated with autistic disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 2016;46(4):1153-1163.
35. Campbell M, Anderson LT, Meier M, et al. A comparison of haloperidol and behavior therapy and their interaction in autistic children. J Am Acad Child Psychiatry. 1978;17(4):640-655.
36. Wink LK, Pedapati EV, Horn PS, et al. Multiple antipsychotic medication use in autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2017;27(1):91-94.
37. Wink LK, Badran I, Pedapati EV, et al. Clozapine for drug-refractory irritability in individuals with developmental disability. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2016;26(9):843-846.
38. Chen NC, Bedair HS, McKay B, et al. Clozapine in the treatment of aggression in an adolescent with autistic disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(6):479-480.
39. Gobbi G, Pulvirenti L. Long-term treatment with clozapine in an adult with autistic disorder accompanied by aggressive behaviour. J Psychiatry Neurosci. 2001;26(4):340-341.
40. Lambrey S, Falissard B, Martin-Barrero M, et al. Effectiveness of clozapine for the treatment of aggression in an adolescent with autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(1):79-80.
41. Yalcin O, Kaymak G, Erdogan A, et al. a retrospective investigation of clozapine treatment in autistic and nonautistic children and adolescents in an inpatient clinic in Turkey. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2016;26(9):815-821.
42. Beherec L, Lambrey S, Quilici G, et al. Retrospective review of clozapine in the treatment of patients with autism spectrum disorder and severe disruptive behaviors. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(3):341-344.
43. Hirota T, Veenstra-Vanderweele J, Hollander E, et al, Antiepileptic medications in autism spectrum disorder: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Autism Dev Disord. 2014;44(4):948-957.
44. Hollander E, Chaplin W, Soorya L, et al. Divalproex sodium vs placebo for the treatment of irritability in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2010;35(4):990-998.
45. Rezaei V, Mohammadi MR, Ghanizadeh A, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of risperidone plus topiramate in children with autistic disorder. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2010;34(7):1269-1272.
46. Siegel M, Beresford CA, Bunker M, et al. Preliminary investigation of lithium for mood disorder symptoms in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2014;24(7):399-402.
47. Costello EJ, Egger HL, Angold A. The developmental epidemiology of anxiety disorders: phenomenology, prevalence, and comorbidity. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2005;14(4):631-648,vii.
48. van Steensel FJ, Deutschman AA, Bogels SM. Examining the Screen for Child Anxiety-Related Emotional Disorder-71 as an assessment tool for anxiety in children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorders. Autism. 2013;17(6):681-692.
49. Lidstone J, Uljarevic M, Sullivan J, et al. Relations among restricted and repetitive behaviors, anxiety and sensory features in children with autism spectrum disorder. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders. 2014;8(2):82-92.
50. Turner M. Annotation: Repetitive behaviour in autism: a review of psychological research. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 1999;40(6):839-849.
51. Kuelz AK, Hohagen F, Voderholzer U. Neuropsychological performance in obsessive-compulsive disorder: a critical review. Biol Psychol. 2004;65(3):185-236.
52. Olley A, Malhi G, Sachdev P. Memory and executive functioning in obsessive-compulsive disorder: a selective review. J Affect Disord. 2007;104(1-3):15-23.
53. Channon S, Gunning A, Frankl J, et al. Tourette’s syndrome (TS): cognitive performance in adults with uncomplicated TS. Neuropsychology. 2006;20(1):58-65.
54. Crawford S, Channon S, Robertson MM. Tourette’s syndrome: performance on tests of behavioural inhibition, working memory and gambling. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 2005;46(12):1327-1336.
55. Renno P, Wood JJ. Discriminant and convergent validity of the anxiety construct in children with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2013;43(9):2135-2146.
56. Wink LK, Erickson CA, Stigler KA, et al. Riluzole in autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2011;21(4):375-379.
57. Vasa RA, Carroll LM, Nozzolillo AA, et al. A systematic review of treatments for anxiety in youth with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2014;44(12):3215-3229.
58. Williams K, Brignell A, Randall M, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) for autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013;(8):CD004677.
59. Wink LK, Erickson CA, McDougle CJ. Pharmacologic treatment of behavioral symptoms associated with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2010;12(6):529-538.
60. McDougle CJ, Scahill L, Aman MG, et al. Risperidone for the core symptom domains of autism: results from the study by the autism network of the research units on pediatric psychopharmacology. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(6):1142-1148.
61. Murray MJ, Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in the context of autism spectrum disorders. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2010;12(5):382-388.
62. Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology Autism Network. Randomized, controlled, crossover trial of methylphenidate in pervasive developmental disorders with hyperactivity. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2005;62(11):1266-1274.
63. Posey DJ, Aman MG, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on inattention and hyperactivity in pervasive developmental disorders: an analysis of secondary measures. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(4):538-544.
64. Aman MG, Langworthy KS. Pharmacotherapy for hyperactivity in children with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2000;30(5):451-459.
65. Handen BL, Johnson CR, Lubetsky M. Efficacy of methylphenidate among children with autism and symptoms of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 2000;30(3):245-255.
66. Quintana H, Birmaher B, Stedge D, et al. Use of methylphenidate in the treatment of children with autistic disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 1995;25(3):283-294.
67. Jahromi LB, Kasari CL, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on social communication and self-regulation in children with pervasive developmental disorders and hyperactivity. J Autism Dev Disord. 2009;39(3):395-404.
68. Fankhauser MP, Karumanchi VC, German ML, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy of transdermal clonidine in autism. J Clin Psychiatry. 1992;53(3):77-82.
69. Scahill L, McCracken JT, King BH, et al. Extended-release guanfacine for hyperactivity in children with autism spectrum disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2015;172(12):1197-1206.
70. Handen BL, Sahl R, Hardan AY. Guanfacine in children with autism and/or intellectual disabilities. J Dev Behav Pediatr. 2008;29(4):303-308.
71. Scahill L, Aman MG, McDougle CJ, et al. A prospective open trial of guanfacine in children with pervasive developmental disorders. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2006;16(5):589-598.
72. Developmental Disabilities Monitoring Network Surveillance Year 2010 Principal Investigators; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevalence of autism spectrum disorder among children aged 8 years - autism and developmental disabilities monitoring network, 11 sites, United States, 2010. MMWR Surveill Summ. 2014;63(2):1-21.
73. Brugha TS, McManus S, Bankart J, et al. Epidemiology of autism spectrum disorders in adults in the community in England. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(5):459-465.
74. Mandell DS, Psychiatric hospitalization among children with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2008;38(6):1059-1065.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Kelli C. Dominick, MD, PhD
Assistant Professor

Logan K. Wink, MD
Associate Professor

Craig A. Erickson, MD
Associate Professor

• • • •

Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center
Cincinnati, Ohio
University of Cincinnati, College of Medicine
Cincinnati, Ohio

Disclosures
Dr. Dominick receives research support from the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. Dr. Wink receives research support from the Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center and the National Institutes of Health, and has served as a consultant to Otsuka Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Erickson receives research support from Autism Speaks, Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, the John Merck Fund, the National Fragile X Foundation, the National Institutes of Health, Neuren Pharmaceuticals, Riovant Sciences Ltd., the Roche Group, Synapdx, and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Dr. Erickson holds equity in Confluence Pharmaceuticals, and has served as a consultant to Alcobra Pharmaceuticals, Confluence Pharmaceuticals, and the Roche Group.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Page Number
17-20,22-24
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Kelli C. Dominick, MD, PhD
Assistant Professor

Logan K. Wink, MD
Associate Professor

Craig A. Erickson, MD
Associate Professor

• • • •

Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center
Cincinnati, Ohio
University of Cincinnati, College of Medicine
Cincinnati, Ohio

Disclosures
Dr. Dominick receives research support from the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. Dr. Wink receives research support from the Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center and the National Institutes of Health, and has served as a consultant to Otsuka Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Erickson receives research support from Autism Speaks, Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, the John Merck Fund, the National Fragile X Foundation, the National Institutes of Health, Neuren Pharmaceuticals, Riovant Sciences Ltd., the Roche Group, Synapdx, and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Dr. Erickson holds equity in Confluence Pharmaceuticals, and has served as a consultant to Alcobra Pharmaceuticals, Confluence Pharmaceuticals, and the Roche Group.

Author and Disclosure Information

Kelli C. Dominick, MD, PhD
Assistant Professor

Logan K. Wink, MD
Associate Professor

Craig A. Erickson, MD
Associate Professor

• • • •

Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center
Cincinnati, Ohio
University of Cincinnati, College of Medicine
Cincinnati, Ohio

Disclosures
Dr. Dominick receives research support from the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. Dr. Wink receives research support from the Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center and the National Institutes of Health, and has served as a consultant to Otsuka Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Erickson receives research support from Autism Speaks, Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, the John Merck Fund, the National Fragile X Foundation, the National Institutes of Health, Neuren Pharmaceuticals, Riovant Sciences Ltd., the Roche Group, Synapdx, and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Dr. Erickson holds equity in Confluence Pharmaceuticals, and has served as a consultant to Alcobra Pharmaceuticals, Confluence Pharmaceuticals, and the Roche Group.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is an umbrella term used to describe lifelong neurodevelopmental disorders characterized by impairment in social interactions and communication coupled with restricted, repetitive patterns of behaviors or interests that appear to share a common developmental course.1 In this article, we examine psychiatric care of patients with ASD and the most common symptom clusters treated with pharmacotherapy: irritability, anxiety, and hyperactivity/inattention.

First step: Keep the diagnosis in mind

Prior to 2013, ASD was comprised of 3 separate disorders distinguished by language delay and overall severity: autistic disorder, Asperger’s disorder, and pervasive developmental disorder, not otherwise specified.2 With the release of DSM-5 in 2013, these disorders were essentially collapsed into a single ASD.3 ASD prevalence is estimated to be 1 in 59 children,4 which represents a 20- to 30-fold increase since the 1960s.

In order to provide adequate psychiatric care for individuals with ASD, the first step is to remember the diagnosis; keep it in mind. This may be particularly important for clinicians who primarily care for adults, because such clinicians often receive limited training in disorders first manifesting in childhood and may not consider ASD in patients who have not been previously diagnosed. However, ASD diagnostic criteria have become broader, and public knowledge of the diagnosis has grown. DSM-5 acknowledges that although symptoms begin in early childhood, they may become more recognizable later in life with increasing social demand. The result is that many adults are likely undiagnosed. The estimated prevalence of ASD in adult psychiatric settings range from 1.5% to 4%.5-7 These patients have different treatment needs and unfortunately are often misdiagnosed with other psychiatric conditions.

A recent study in a state psychiatric facility found that 10% of patients in this setting met criteria for ASD.8 Almost all of those patients had been misdiagnosed with some form of schizophrenia, including one patient who had been previously diagnosed with autism by the father of autism himself, Leo Kanner, MD. Through the years, this patient’s autism diagnosis had fallen away, and at the time of the study, the patient carried a diagnosis of undifferentiated schizophrenia and was prescribed 8 psychotropic medications. The patient had repeatedly denied auditory or visual hallucinations; however, his stereotypies and odd behaviors were taken as evidence that he was responding to internal stimuli. This case highlights the importance of keeping the ASD diagnosis in mind when evaluating and treating patients.

Addressing 3 key symptom clusters

Even for patients with an established ASD diagnosis, comprehensive treatment is complex. It typically involves a multimodal approach that includes speech therapy, occupational therapy, applied behavioral analysis (ABA), and vocational training and support as well as management of associated medical conditions. Because medical comorbidities may play an important role in exacerbation of severe behaviors in ASD, often leading to acute behavioral regression and psychiatric admission, it is essential that they not be overlooked during evaluations.9,10

There are no effective pharmacologic treatments for the core social deficits seen in ASD. Novel pharmacotherapies to improve social impairment are in the early stages of research,11,12 but currently social impairment is best addressed through behavioral therapy and social skills training. Our role as psychiatrists is most often to treat co-occurring psychiatric symptoms so that individuals with ASD can fully participate in behavioral and school-based treatments that lead to improved social skills, activities of daily living, and quality of life. Three of the most common of these symptoms are irritability, anxiety, and hyperactivity/inattention.

 

Irritability

Irritability, marked by aggression, self-injury, and severe tantrums, causes serious distress for both patients and families, and this behavior cluster is the most frequently reported comorbid symptom in ASD.13-15 Nonpharmacologic treatment of irritability often involves ABA-based therapy and communication training.

Continued to: ABA includes an initial functional behavior assessment...

 

 

ABA includes an initial functional behavior assessment (FBA) of maladaptive behavior followed by the application of specific schedules of reinforcement for positive behavior. The FBA allows the therapist to determine what desirable consequences maintain a behavior. Without this knowledge, there is the risk of inadvertently rewarding a maladaptive behavior. For instance, if you are recommending a time-out for escape-motivated aggression, the result will likely be an increase rather than decrease in aggression.

Communication training teaches the patient to use communicative means to request a desired outcome to reduce inappropriate behaviors and improve independent functioning. Communication training can include speech therapy, teaching sign language, using picture exchange programs, or navigating communication devices. Consideration of nonpharmacologic management is vital in treatment planning. Continual inadvertent reward of behaviors will limit the effects of medications. Evidence suggests that pharmacotherapy is more effective when it occurs in the context of appropriate behavioral management techniques.16

Irritability has been the focus of significant pharmacotherapy research in ASD. Second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) are first-line pharmacotherapy for severe irritability. Risperidone and aripiprazole are both FDA-approved for addressing irritability in youth with ASD. Their efficacy has been established in several large, placebo-controlled trials.17-23

Given issues with tolerability and cases refractory to the use of first-line agents,24 other SGAs are frequently used off-label for this indication with limited safety or efficacy data. Olanzapine demonstrated high response rates in early open-label studies,25,26 followed by efficacy over an 8-week double-blind placebo-controlled trial, although with significant weight gain.27 No other SGAs have been examined in double-blind placebo-controlled trials. Paliperidone demonstrated a particularly high response rate (84%) in a prospective open-label study of 25 adolescents and young adults with ASD.28 In a retrospective study of ziprasidone in 42 youth with ASD and irritability, we reported a response rate of 40%, which is lower than that seen for some other SGAs; however, ziprasidone can be an appealing option for patients for whom SGA-associated weight gain has been significant, because it is much more likely to be weight-neutral.29,30 Open-label studies with quetiapine in ASD have generally revealed only minimal efficacy for aggression,31,32 although sleep improvement may be more substantial.32 The safety and tolerability of lurasidone in treating irritability in youth with ASD has yet to be established.33 It is the only SGA with a published negative placebo-controlled trial in ASD.34 Use of SGAs may be limited by adverse effects, including weight gain, increased appetite, sedation, enuresis, and elevated prolactin. Monitoring of body mass index and metabolic profiles is indicated with all SGAs.

Haloperidol is the only first-generation antipsychotic with significant evidence (from multiple studies dating back to 1978) to support its use for ASD-associated irritability.35 However, due to the high incidence of dyskinesias and potential dystonias, use of haloperidol is reserved for severe treatment-refractory symptoms that have often not improved after multiple SGA trials.


Continued to: When severe self-inury and aggression fail to improve...

 

 

When severe self-injury and aggression fail to improve with multiple medication trials, the next steps include combination treatment with multiple antipsychotics,36 followed by clozapine, often as a last option.37 Research suggests that clozapine is effective and well-tolerated in ASD38-42; however, it has many potential severe adverse effects, including cardiomyopathy, lowered seizure threshold, severe constipation, weight gain, and agranulocytosis; due to risk of the latter, patients require regular blood draws for monitoring.

There is very little evidence to support the use of antiepileptic medications (AEDs) and mood stabilizers for irritability in ASD.43 Placebo-controlled trials have had mixed results. Some evidence suggests that AEDS may have more utility in individuals with ASD and abnormal EEGs without epilepsy44 or as an adjunct to SGA treatment.45 One study found that lithium may be beneficial for patients with ASD whose clinical presentation includes 2 or more mood symptoms.46

Anxiety

Anxiety is a significant issue for many individuals with ASD.47 Anxiety symptoms and disorders, including specific phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), social anxiety, and generalized anxiety disorder, are commonly seen in persons with ASD.48 Anxiety is often combined with restricted, repetitive behaviors (RBs) in ASD literature. Some evidence suggests that in individuals with ASD, sameness behaviors may limit sensory input and modulate anxiety.49 However, the core RBs symptom domain may not be related solely to anxiety, but rather represents deficits in executive processes that include cognitive flexibility and inhibitory control seen across multiple disorders with prominent RBs.50-54 Research indicates that anxiety is an independent and separable construct in ASD.55

Studies of treatments for both RBs and anxiety have focused primarily on selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), hoping that the promising results for anxiety and OCD behaviors seen in neurotypical patients would translate to patients with ASD.56 Unfortunately, there is little evidence for effective pharmacologic management of ASD-associated anxiety.57 Large, randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are lacking. A Cochrane Database review of SSRIs for ASD58 examined 9 RCTs with a total of 320 patients. The authors concluded that there is no evidence to support the use of SSRIs for children with ASD, and limited evidence of utility in adults. Youth with ASD are particularly vulnerable to adverse effects from SSRIs, specifically impulsivity and agitation.57,59 However, SSRIs are among the most commonly prescribed medications for youth with ASD. Because there is limited evidence supporting SSRIs’ efficacy for this indication and issues with tolerability, there is significant concern for the overprescribing of SSRIs to patients with ASD. In comparison, there is some compelling evidence of efficacy for modified cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for patients with high-functioning ASD. Seven RCTs have shown that CBT is superior to treatment as usual and waiting list control groups, with most effect sizes >0.8 and with no treatment-associated adverse effects.57

Risperidone has been shown to reduce RBs17,60 and anxiety17 in patients with ASD. In young children with co-occurring irritability, risperidone monotherapy is likely best to address both symptoms. When anxiety occurs in isolation and is severe, clinical experience suggests that SSRIs can be effective in a limited percentage of cases, though we recommend starting at low doses with frequent monitoring for activation and irritability. Treatment of anxiety is further complicated by the significant challenges presented by the diagnosis of true anxiety in the context of ASD.

Continued to: Hyperactivity and impulsivity

 

 

Hyperactivity and impulsivity

Hyperactivity and impulsivity are common among patients with ASD, with rates estimated from 41% to 78%.61 Hyperactivity and inattention are treated with a variety of medications. Research examining methylphenidate in ASD has demonstrated modest effects compared with placebo, though with frequent adverse effects, such as increased irritability and insomnia62,63 Other smaller studies have confirmed these results.64-66 One additional study found improvements not only in hyperactivity but also in joint attention and self-regulation of affective state following stimulant treatment.67 There is limited data on the efficacy and tolerability of amphetamine for treating hyperactivity and impulsivity in ASD. Stimulant medications often are avoided as the first-line treatment for hyperactivity because of concerns about increased irritability. Alpha-2 adrenergic receptor agonists often are used before stimulants because of their relatively benign adverse effect profile. Clonidine, guanfacine, and guanfacine ER all have demonstrated effectiveness in double-blind, placebo-controls trials in patients with ASD.68-70 In these trails, sedation was the most common adverse effect, although some studies have reported increased irritability with guanfacine.70,71

The Table provides a summary of the target symptoms and their treatment options for patients with ASD.

Improved diagnosis, but few evidence-based treatments

The rise in ASD cases observed over the past 20 years can be explained in part by a broader diagnostic algorithm and increased awareness. We are better at identifying ASD; however, there are still considerable gaps in identifying ASD in high-functioning patients and adults. One percent of the population has ASD,72,73 and this group is overrepresented in psychiatric clinic and hospital settings.74 Therefore, we must be aware of and understand the diagnosis.

Medication treatments are often less effective and less tolerable in patients with ASD than in patients without neurodevelop­mental disability. There are differences in pharmacotherapy response and tolerability across development in ASD and limited evidence to guide prescribing in adults with ASD. SGAs appear to be effective across multiple symptom domains, but carry the risk of significant adverse effects. For anxiety and irritability, there is compelling evidence supporting the use of nonpharmacologic treatments.

 

Bottom Line

A subset of patients seen in psychiatry will have undiagnosed autism spectrum disorder (ASD). When evaluating worsening behaviors, first rule out organic causes. Second-generation antipsychotics have the most evidence for efficacy in ASD across multiple symptom domains. To sustain improvement in symptoms, it is vital to incorporate nonpharmacologic treatments.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Clonidine • Catapres
Clozapine • Clozaril
Guanfacine • Tenex
Guanfacine Extended Release • Intuniv
Haloperidol • Haldol
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Methylphenidate • Ritalin
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Paliperidone • Invega
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Ziprasidone • Geodon

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is an umbrella term used to describe lifelong neurodevelopmental disorders characterized by impairment in social interactions and communication coupled with restricted, repetitive patterns of behaviors or interests that appear to share a common developmental course.1 In this article, we examine psychiatric care of patients with ASD and the most common symptom clusters treated with pharmacotherapy: irritability, anxiety, and hyperactivity/inattention.

First step: Keep the diagnosis in mind

Prior to 2013, ASD was comprised of 3 separate disorders distinguished by language delay and overall severity: autistic disorder, Asperger’s disorder, and pervasive developmental disorder, not otherwise specified.2 With the release of DSM-5 in 2013, these disorders were essentially collapsed into a single ASD.3 ASD prevalence is estimated to be 1 in 59 children,4 which represents a 20- to 30-fold increase since the 1960s.

In order to provide adequate psychiatric care for individuals with ASD, the first step is to remember the diagnosis; keep it in mind. This may be particularly important for clinicians who primarily care for adults, because such clinicians often receive limited training in disorders first manifesting in childhood and may not consider ASD in patients who have not been previously diagnosed. However, ASD diagnostic criteria have become broader, and public knowledge of the diagnosis has grown. DSM-5 acknowledges that although symptoms begin in early childhood, they may become more recognizable later in life with increasing social demand. The result is that many adults are likely undiagnosed. The estimated prevalence of ASD in adult psychiatric settings range from 1.5% to 4%.5-7 These patients have different treatment needs and unfortunately are often misdiagnosed with other psychiatric conditions.

A recent study in a state psychiatric facility found that 10% of patients in this setting met criteria for ASD.8 Almost all of those patients had been misdiagnosed with some form of schizophrenia, including one patient who had been previously diagnosed with autism by the father of autism himself, Leo Kanner, MD. Through the years, this patient’s autism diagnosis had fallen away, and at the time of the study, the patient carried a diagnosis of undifferentiated schizophrenia and was prescribed 8 psychotropic medications. The patient had repeatedly denied auditory or visual hallucinations; however, his stereotypies and odd behaviors were taken as evidence that he was responding to internal stimuli. This case highlights the importance of keeping the ASD diagnosis in mind when evaluating and treating patients.

Addressing 3 key symptom clusters

Even for patients with an established ASD diagnosis, comprehensive treatment is complex. It typically involves a multimodal approach that includes speech therapy, occupational therapy, applied behavioral analysis (ABA), and vocational training and support as well as management of associated medical conditions. Because medical comorbidities may play an important role in exacerbation of severe behaviors in ASD, often leading to acute behavioral regression and psychiatric admission, it is essential that they not be overlooked during evaluations.9,10

There are no effective pharmacologic treatments for the core social deficits seen in ASD. Novel pharmacotherapies to improve social impairment are in the early stages of research,11,12 but currently social impairment is best addressed through behavioral therapy and social skills training. Our role as psychiatrists is most often to treat co-occurring psychiatric symptoms so that individuals with ASD can fully participate in behavioral and school-based treatments that lead to improved social skills, activities of daily living, and quality of life. Three of the most common of these symptoms are irritability, anxiety, and hyperactivity/inattention.

 

Irritability

Irritability, marked by aggression, self-injury, and severe tantrums, causes serious distress for both patients and families, and this behavior cluster is the most frequently reported comorbid symptom in ASD.13-15 Nonpharmacologic treatment of irritability often involves ABA-based therapy and communication training.

Continued to: ABA includes an initial functional behavior assessment...

 

 

ABA includes an initial functional behavior assessment (FBA) of maladaptive behavior followed by the application of specific schedules of reinforcement for positive behavior. The FBA allows the therapist to determine what desirable consequences maintain a behavior. Without this knowledge, there is the risk of inadvertently rewarding a maladaptive behavior. For instance, if you are recommending a time-out for escape-motivated aggression, the result will likely be an increase rather than decrease in aggression.

Communication training teaches the patient to use communicative means to request a desired outcome to reduce inappropriate behaviors and improve independent functioning. Communication training can include speech therapy, teaching sign language, using picture exchange programs, or navigating communication devices. Consideration of nonpharmacologic management is vital in treatment planning. Continual inadvertent reward of behaviors will limit the effects of medications. Evidence suggests that pharmacotherapy is more effective when it occurs in the context of appropriate behavioral management techniques.16

Irritability has been the focus of significant pharmacotherapy research in ASD. Second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) are first-line pharmacotherapy for severe irritability. Risperidone and aripiprazole are both FDA-approved for addressing irritability in youth with ASD. Their efficacy has been established in several large, placebo-controlled trials.17-23

Given issues with tolerability and cases refractory to the use of first-line agents,24 other SGAs are frequently used off-label for this indication with limited safety or efficacy data. Olanzapine demonstrated high response rates in early open-label studies,25,26 followed by efficacy over an 8-week double-blind placebo-controlled trial, although with significant weight gain.27 No other SGAs have been examined in double-blind placebo-controlled trials. Paliperidone demonstrated a particularly high response rate (84%) in a prospective open-label study of 25 adolescents and young adults with ASD.28 In a retrospective study of ziprasidone in 42 youth with ASD and irritability, we reported a response rate of 40%, which is lower than that seen for some other SGAs; however, ziprasidone can be an appealing option for patients for whom SGA-associated weight gain has been significant, because it is much more likely to be weight-neutral.29,30 Open-label studies with quetiapine in ASD have generally revealed only minimal efficacy for aggression,31,32 although sleep improvement may be more substantial.32 The safety and tolerability of lurasidone in treating irritability in youth with ASD has yet to be established.33 It is the only SGA with a published negative placebo-controlled trial in ASD.34 Use of SGAs may be limited by adverse effects, including weight gain, increased appetite, sedation, enuresis, and elevated prolactin. Monitoring of body mass index and metabolic profiles is indicated with all SGAs.

Haloperidol is the only first-generation antipsychotic with significant evidence (from multiple studies dating back to 1978) to support its use for ASD-associated irritability.35 However, due to the high incidence of dyskinesias and potential dystonias, use of haloperidol is reserved for severe treatment-refractory symptoms that have often not improved after multiple SGA trials.


Continued to: When severe self-inury and aggression fail to improve...

 

 

When severe self-injury and aggression fail to improve with multiple medication trials, the next steps include combination treatment with multiple antipsychotics,36 followed by clozapine, often as a last option.37 Research suggests that clozapine is effective and well-tolerated in ASD38-42; however, it has many potential severe adverse effects, including cardiomyopathy, lowered seizure threshold, severe constipation, weight gain, and agranulocytosis; due to risk of the latter, patients require regular blood draws for monitoring.

There is very little evidence to support the use of antiepileptic medications (AEDs) and mood stabilizers for irritability in ASD.43 Placebo-controlled trials have had mixed results. Some evidence suggests that AEDS may have more utility in individuals with ASD and abnormal EEGs without epilepsy44 or as an adjunct to SGA treatment.45 One study found that lithium may be beneficial for patients with ASD whose clinical presentation includes 2 or more mood symptoms.46

Anxiety

Anxiety is a significant issue for many individuals with ASD.47 Anxiety symptoms and disorders, including specific phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), social anxiety, and generalized anxiety disorder, are commonly seen in persons with ASD.48 Anxiety is often combined with restricted, repetitive behaviors (RBs) in ASD literature. Some evidence suggests that in individuals with ASD, sameness behaviors may limit sensory input and modulate anxiety.49 However, the core RBs symptom domain may not be related solely to anxiety, but rather represents deficits in executive processes that include cognitive flexibility and inhibitory control seen across multiple disorders with prominent RBs.50-54 Research indicates that anxiety is an independent and separable construct in ASD.55

Studies of treatments for both RBs and anxiety have focused primarily on selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), hoping that the promising results for anxiety and OCD behaviors seen in neurotypical patients would translate to patients with ASD.56 Unfortunately, there is little evidence for effective pharmacologic management of ASD-associated anxiety.57 Large, randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are lacking. A Cochrane Database review of SSRIs for ASD58 examined 9 RCTs with a total of 320 patients. The authors concluded that there is no evidence to support the use of SSRIs for children with ASD, and limited evidence of utility in adults. Youth with ASD are particularly vulnerable to adverse effects from SSRIs, specifically impulsivity and agitation.57,59 However, SSRIs are among the most commonly prescribed medications for youth with ASD. Because there is limited evidence supporting SSRIs’ efficacy for this indication and issues with tolerability, there is significant concern for the overprescribing of SSRIs to patients with ASD. In comparison, there is some compelling evidence of efficacy for modified cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for patients with high-functioning ASD. Seven RCTs have shown that CBT is superior to treatment as usual and waiting list control groups, with most effect sizes >0.8 and with no treatment-associated adverse effects.57

Risperidone has been shown to reduce RBs17,60 and anxiety17 in patients with ASD. In young children with co-occurring irritability, risperidone monotherapy is likely best to address both symptoms. When anxiety occurs in isolation and is severe, clinical experience suggests that SSRIs can be effective in a limited percentage of cases, though we recommend starting at low doses with frequent monitoring for activation and irritability. Treatment of anxiety is further complicated by the significant challenges presented by the diagnosis of true anxiety in the context of ASD.

Continued to: Hyperactivity and impulsivity

 

 

Hyperactivity and impulsivity

Hyperactivity and impulsivity are common among patients with ASD, with rates estimated from 41% to 78%.61 Hyperactivity and inattention are treated with a variety of medications. Research examining methylphenidate in ASD has demonstrated modest effects compared with placebo, though with frequent adverse effects, such as increased irritability and insomnia62,63 Other smaller studies have confirmed these results.64-66 One additional study found improvements not only in hyperactivity but also in joint attention and self-regulation of affective state following stimulant treatment.67 There is limited data on the efficacy and tolerability of amphetamine for treating hyperactivity and impulsivity in ASD. Stimulant medications often are avoided as the first-line treatment for hyperactivity because of concerns about increased irritability. Alpha-2 adrenergic receptor agonists often are used before stimulants because of their relatively benign adverse effect profile. Clonidine, guanfacine, and guanfacine ER all have demonstrated effectiveness in double-blind, placebo-controls trials in patients with ASD.68-70 In these trails, sedation was the most common adverse effect, although some studies have reported increased irritability with guanfacine.70,71

The Table provides a summary of the target symptoms and their treatment options for patients with ASD.

Improved diagnosis, but few evidence-based treatments

The rise in ASD cases observed over the past 20 years can be explained in part by a broader diagnostic algorithm and increased awareness. We are better at identifying ASD; however, there are still considerable gaps in identifying ASD in high-functioning patients and adults. One percent of the population has ASD,72,73 and this group is overrepresented in psychiatric clinic and hospital settings.74 Therefore, we must be aware of and understand the diagnosis.

Medication treatments are often less effective and less tolerable in patients with ASD than in patients without neurodevelop­mental disability. There are differences in pharmacotherapy response and tolerability across development in ASD and limited evidence to guide prescribing in adults with ASD. SGAs appear to be effective across multiple symptom domains, but carry the risk of significant adverse effects. For anxiety and irritability, there is compelling evidence supporting the use of nonpharmacologic treatments.

 

Bottom Line

A subset of patients seen in psychiatry will have undiagnosed autism spectrum disorder (ASD). When evaluating worsening behaviors, first rule out organic causes. Second-generation antipsychotics have the most evidence for efficacy in ASD across multiple symptom domains. To sustain improvement in symptoms, it is vital to incorporate nonpharmacologic treatments.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Clonidine • Catapres
Clozapine • Clozaril
Guanfacine • Tenex
Guanfacine Extended Release • Intuniv
Haloperidol • Haldol
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Methylphenidate • Ritalin
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Paliperidone • Invega
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Ziprasidone • Geodon

References

1. Volkmar FR, Lord C, Bailey A, et al. Autism and pervasive developmental disorders. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 2004;45(1):135-170.
2. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. Baio J, Wiggins L, Christensen DL, et al. Prevalence of autism spectrum disorder among children aged 8 years—Autism and Developmental Disabilities Monitoring Network, 11 sites, United States, 2014. MMWR Surveill Summ 2018;67(6):1-23.
5. Scragg P, Shah A. Prevalence of Asperger’s syndrome in a secure hospital. Br J Psychiatry. 1994;165(5):679-682.
6. Hare DJ, Gould J, Mills R, et al. A preliminary study of individuals with autistic spectrum disorders in three special hospitals in England. London, UK: National Autistic Society; 1999.
7. Shah A, Holmes N, Wing L. Prevalence of autism and related conditions in adults in a mental handicap hospital. Appl Res Ment Retard. 1982;3(3):303-317.
8. Mandell DS, Lawer LJ, Branch K, et al. Prevalence and correlates of autism in a state psychiatric hospital. Autism. 2012;16(6):557-567.
9. Guinchat V, Cravero C, Diaz L, et al. Acute behavioral crises in psychiatric inpatients with autism spectrum disorder (ASD): recognition of concomitant medical or non-ASD psychiatric conditions predicts enhanced improvement. Res Devel Disabil. 2015;38:242-255.
10. Perisse D, Amiet C, Consoli A, et al. Risk factors of acute behavioral regression in psychiatrically hospitalized adolescents with autism. J Can Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2010;19(2):100-108.
11. Canitano R. New experimental treatments for core social domain in autism spectrum disorders. Front Pediatr. 2014;2:61.
12. Wink LK, Plawecki MH, Erickson CA, et al. Emerging drugs for the treatment of symptoms associated with autism spectrum disorders. Expert Opin Emerg Drugs. 2010;15(3):481-494.
13. Fitzpatrick SE, Srivorakiat L, Wink LK, et al. Aggression in autism spectrum disorder: presentation and treatment options. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2016;12:1525-1538.
14. Lecavalier L, Leone S, Wiltz J. The impact of behaviour problems on caregiver stress in young people with autism spectrum disorders. J Intellect Disabil Res. 2006;50(pt 3):172-183.
15. Mills R, Wing L. Researching interventions in ASD and priorities for research: surveying the membership of the NAS. London, UK: National Autistic Society; 2005.
16. Aman MG, McDougle CJ, Scahill L, et al. Medication and parent training in children with pervasive developmental disorders and serious behavior problems: results from a randomized clinical trial. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009;48(12):1143-1154.
17. McDougle CJ, Holmes JP, Carlson DC, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of risperidone in adults with autistic disorder and other pervasive developmental disorders. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1998;55(7):633-641.
18. Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology Autism Network. Risperidone treatment of autistic disorder: longer-term benefits and blinded discontinuation after 6 months. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(7):1361-1369.
19. Shea S, Turgay A, Carroll A, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of disruptive behavioral symptoms in children with autistic and other pervasive developmental disorders. Pediatrics. 2004;114(5):e634-e641.
20. Zuddas A, Zanni R, Usala T. Second generation antipsychotics (SGAs) for non-psychotic disorders in children and adolescents: a review of the randomized controlled studies. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;21(8):600-620.
21. Benton TD. Aripiprazole to treat irritability associated with autism: a placebo-controlled, fixed-dose trial. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2011;13(2):77-79.
22. Marcus RN, Owen R, Kamen L, et al. A placebo-controlled, fixed-dose study of aripiprazole in children and adolescents with irritability associated with autistic disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009;48(11):1110-1119.
23. Owen R, Sikich L, Marcus RN, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of irritability in children and adolescents with autistic disorder. Pediatrics. 2009;124(6):1533-1540.
24. Adler BA, Wink LK, Early M, et al. Drug-refractory aggression, self-injurious behavior, and severe tantrums in autism spectrum disorders: a chart review study. Autism. 2015;19(1):102-106.
25. Malone RP, Cater J, Sheikh RM, et al. Olanzapine versus haloperidol in children with autistic disorder: an open pilot study. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2001;40(8):887-894.
26. Potenza MN, Holmes JP, Kanes SJ, et al. Olanzapine treatment of children, adolescents, and adults with pervasive developmental disorders: an open-label pilot study. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1999;19(1):37-44.
27. Hollander E, Wasserman S, Swanson EN, et al. A double-blind placebo-controlled pilot study of olanzapine in childhood/adolescent pervasive developmental disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2006;16(5):541-548.
28. Stigler KA, Erickson CA, Mullett JE, et al. Paliperidone for irritability in autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(1):75-78.
29. Dominick K, Wink LK, McDougle CJ, et al. A retrospective naturalistic study of ziprasidone for irritability in youth with autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2015;25(5):397-401.
30. Malone RP, Delaney MA, Hyman SB, et al. Ziprasidone in adolescents with autism: an open-label pilot study. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2007;17(6):779-790.
31. Findling RL, McNamara NK, Gracious BL, et al. Quetiapine in nine youths with autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2004;14(2):287-294.
32. Golubchik P, Sever J, Weizman A. Low-dose quetiapine for adolescents with autistic spectrum disorder and aggressive behavior: open-label trial. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2011;34(6):216-219.
33. McClellan L, Dominick KC, Pedapati EV, et al. Lurasidone for the treatment of irritability and anger in autism spectrum disorders. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2017;26(8):985-989.
34. Loebel A, Brams M, Goldman RS, et al. Lurasidone for the treatment of irritability associated with autistic disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 2016;46(4):1153-1163.
35. Campbell M, Anderson LT, Meier M, et al. A comparison of haloperidol and behavior therapy and their interaction in autistic children. J Am Acad Child Psychiatry. 1978;17(4):640-655.
36. Wink LK, Pedapati EV, Horn PS, et al. Multiple antipsychotic medication use in autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2017;27(1):91-94.
37. Wink LK, Badran I, Pedapati EV, et al. Clozapine for drug-refractory irritability in individuals with developmental disability. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2016;26(9):843-846.
38. Chen NC, Bedair HS, McKay B, et al. Clozapine in the treatment of aggression in an adolescent with autistic disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(6):479-480.
39. Gobbi G, Pulvirenti L. Long-term treatment with clozapine in an adult with autistic disorder accompanied by aggressive behaviour. J Psychiatry Neurosci. 2001;26(4):340-341.
40. Lambrey S, Falissard B, Martin-Barrero M, et al. Effectiveness of clozapine for the treatment of aggression in an adolescent with autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(1):79-80.
41. Yalcin O, Kaymak G, Erdogan A, et al. a retrospective investigation of clozapine treatment in autistic and nonautistic children and adolescents in an inpatient clinic in Turkey. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2016;26(9):815-821.
42. Beherec L, Lambrey S, Quilici G, et al. Retrospective review of clozapine in the treatment of patients with autism spectrum disorder and severe disruptive behaviors. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(3):341-344.
43. Hirota T, Veenstra-Vanderweele J, Hollander E, et al, Antiepileptic medications in autism spectrum disorder: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Autism Dev Disord. 2014;44(4):948-957.
44. Hollander E, Chaplin W, Soorya L, et al. Divalproex sodium vs placebo for the treatment of irritability in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2010;35(4):990-998.
45. Rezaei V, Mohammadi MR, Ghanizadeh A, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of risperidone plus topiramate in children with autistic disorder. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2010;34(7):1269-1272.
46. Siegel M, Beresford CA, Bunker M, et al. Preliminary investigation of lithium for mood disorder symptoms in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2014;24(7):399-402.
47. Costello EJ, Egger HL, Angold A. The developmental epidemiology of anxiety disorders: phenomenology, prevalence, and comorbidity. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2005;14(4):631-648,vii.
48. van Steensel FJ, Deutschman AA, Bogels SM. Examining the Screen for Child Anxiety-Related Emotional Disorder-71 as an assessment tool for anxiety in children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorders. Autism. 2013;17(6):681-692.
49. Lidstone J, Uljarevic M, Sullivan J, et al. Relations among restricted and repetitive behaviors, anxiety and sensory features in children with autism spectrum disorder. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders. 2014;8(2):82-92.
50. Turner M. Annotation: Repetitive behaviour in autism: a review of psychological research. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 1999;40(6):839-849.
51. Kuelz AK, Hohagen F, Voderholzer U. Neuropsychological performance in obsessive-compulsive disorder: a critical review. Biol Psychol. 2004;65(3):185-236.
52. Olley A, Malhi G, Sachdev P. Memory and executive functioning in obsessive-compulsive disorder: a selective review. J Affect Disord. 2007;104(1-3):15-23.
53. Channon S, Gunning A, Frankl J, et al. Tourette’s syndrome (TS): cognitive performance in adults with uncomplicated TS. Neuropsychology. 2006;20(1):58-65.
54. Crawford S, Channon S, Robertson MM. Tourette’s syndrome: performance on tests of behavioural inhibition, working memory and gambling. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 2005;46(12):1327-1336.
55. Renno P, Wood JJ. Discriminant and convergent validity of the anxiety construct in children with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2013;43(9):2135-2146.
56. Wink LK, Erickson CA, Stigler KA, et al. Riluzole in autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2011;21(4):375-379.
57. Vasa RA, Carroll LM, Nozzolillo AA, et al. A systematic review of treatments for anxiety in youth with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2014;44(12):3215-3229.
58. Williams K, Brignell A, Randall M, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) for autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013;(8):CD004677.
59. Wink LK, Erickson CA, McDougle CJ. Pharmacologic treatment of behavioral symptoms associated with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2010;12(6):529-538.
60. McDougle CJ, Scahill L, Aman MG, et al. Risperidone for the core symptom domains of autism: results from the study by the autism network of the research units on pediatric psychopharmacology. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(6):1142-1148.
61. Murray MJ, Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in the context of autism spectrum disorders. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2010;12(5):382-388.
62. Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology Autism Network. Randomized, controlled, crossover trial of methylphenidate in pervasive developmental disorders with hyperactivity. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2005;62(11):1266-1274.
63. Posey DJ, Aman MG, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on inattention and hyperactivity in pervasive developmental disorders: an analysis of secondary measures. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(4):538-544.
64. Aman MG, Langworthy KS. Pharmacotherapy for hyperactivity in children with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2000;30(5):451-459.
65. Handen BL, Johnson CR, Lubetsky M. Efficacy of methylphenidate among children with autism and symptoms of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 2000;30(3):245-255.
66. Quintana H, Birmaher B, Stedge D, et al. Use of methylphenidate in the treatment of children with autistic disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 1995;25(3):283-294.
67. Jahromi LB, Kasari CL, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on social communication and self-regulation in children with pervasive developmental disorders and hyperactivity. J Autism Dev Disord. 2009;39(3):395-404.
68. Fankhauser MP, Karumanchi VC, German ML, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy of transdermal clonidine in autism. J Clin Psychiatry. 1992;53(3):77-82.
69. Scahill L, McCracken JT, King BH, et al. Extended-release guanfacine for hyperactivity in children with autism spectrum disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2015;172(12):1197-1206.
70. Handen BL, Sahl R, Hardan AY. Guanfacine in children with autism and/or intellectual disabilities. J Dev Behav Pediatr. 2008;29(4):303-308.
71. Scahill L, Aman MG, McDougle CJ, et al. A prospective open trial of guanfacine in children with pervasive developmental disorders. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2006;16(5):589-598.
72. Developmental Disabilities Monitoring Network Surveillance Year 2010 Principal Investigators; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevalence of autism spectrum disorder among children aged 8 years - autism and developmental disabilities monitoring network, 11 sites, United States, 2010. MMWR Surveill Summ. 2014;63(2):1-21.
73. Brugha TS, McManus S, Bankart J, et al. Epidemiology of autism spectrum disorders in adults in the community in England. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(5):459-465.
74. Mandell DS, Psychiatric hospitalization among children with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2008;38(6):1059-1065.

References

1. Volkmar FR, Lord C, Bailey A, et al. Autism and pervasive developmental disorders. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 2004;45(1):135-170.
2. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. Baio J, Wiggins L, Christensen DL, et al. Prevalence of autism spectrum disorder among children aged 8 years—Autism and Developmental Disabilities Monitoring Network, 11 sites, United States, 2014. MMWR Surveill Summ 2018;67(6):1-23.
5. Scragg P, Shah A. Prevalence of Asperger’s syndrome in a secure hospital. Br J Psychiatry. 1994;165(5):679-682.
6. Hare DJ, Gould J, Mills R, et al. A preliminary study of individuals with autistic spectrum disorders in three special hospitals in England. London, UK: National Autistic Society; 1999.
7. Shah A, Holmes N, Wing L. Prevalence of autism and related conditions in adults in a mental handicap hospital. Appl Res Ment Retard. 1982;3(3):303-317.
8. Mandell DS, Lawer LJ, Branch K, et al. Prevalence and correlates of autism in a state psychiatric hospital. Autism. 2012;16(6):557-567.
9. Guinchat V, Cravero C, Diaz L, et al. Acute behavioral crises in psychiatric inpatients with autism spectrum disorder (ASD): recognition of concomitant medical or non-ASD psychiatric conditions predicts enhanced improvement. Res Devel Disabil. 2015;38:242-255.
10. Perisse D, Amiet C, Consoli A, et al. Risk factors of acute behavioral regression in psychiatrically hospitalized adolescents with autism. J Can Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2010;19(2):100-108.
11. Canitano R. New experimental treatments for core social domain in autism spectrum disorders. Front Pediatr. 2014;2:61.
12. Wink LK, Plawecki MH, Erickson CA, et al. Emerging drugs for the treatment of symptoms associated with autism spectrum disorders. Expert Opin Emerg Drugs. 2010;15(3):481-494.
13. Fitzpatrick SE, Srivorakiat L, Wink LK, et al. Aggression in autism spectrum disorder: presentation and treatment options. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2016;12:1525-1538.
14. Lecavalier L, Leone S, Wiltz J. The impact of behaviour problems on caregiver stress in young people with autism spectrum disorders. J Intellect Disabil Res. 2006;50(pt 3):172-183.
15. Mills R, Wing L. Researching interventions in ASD and priorities for research: surveying the membership of the NAS. London, UK: National Autistic Society; 2005.
16. Aman MG, McDougle CJ, Scahill L, et al. Medication and parent training in children with pervasive developmental disorders and serious behavior problems: results from a randomized clinical trial. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009;48(12):1143-1154.
17. McDougle CJ, Holmes JP, Carlson DC, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of risperidone in adults with autistic disorder and other pervasive developmental disorders. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1998;55(7):633-641.
18. Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology Autism Network. Risperidone treatment of autistic disorder: longer-term benefits and blinded discontinuation after 6 months. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(7):1361-1369.
19. Shea S, Turgay A, Carroll A, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of disruptive behavioral symptoms in children with autistic and other pervasive developmental disorders. Pediatrics. 2004;114(5):e634-e641.
20. Zuddas A, Zanni R, Usala T. Second generation antipsychotics (SGAs) for non-psychotic disorders in children and adolescents: a review of the randomized controlled studies. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;21(8):600-620.
21. Benton TD. Aripiprazole to treat irritability associated with autism: a placebo-controlled, fixed-dose trial. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2011;13(2):77-79.
22. Marcus RN, Owen R, Kamen L, et al. A placebo-controlled, fixed-dose study of aripiprazole in children and adolescents with irritability associated with autistic disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2009;48(11):1110-1119.
23. Owen R, Sikich L, Marcus RN, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of irritability in children and adolescents with autistic disorder. Pediatrics. 2009;124(6):1533-1540.
24. Adler BA, Wink LK, Early M, et al. Drug-refractory aggression, self-injurious behavior, and severe tantrums in autism spectrum disorders: a chart review study. Autism. 2015;19(1):102-106.
25. Malone RP, Cater J, Sheikh RM, et al. Olanzapine versus haloperidol in children with autistic disorder: an open pilot study. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2001;40(8):887-894.
26. Potenza MN, Holmes JP, Kanes SJ, et al. Olanzapine treatment of children, adolescents, and adults with pervasive developmental disorders: an open-label pilot study. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1999;19(1):37-44.
27. Hollander E, Wasserman S, Swanson EN, et al. A double-blind placebo-controlled pilot study of olanzapine in childhood/adolescent pervasive developmental disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2006;16(5):541-548.
28. Stigler KA, Erickson CA, Mullett JE, et al. Paliperidone for irritability in autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(1):75-78.
29. Dominick K, Wink LK, McDougle CJ, et al. A retrospective naturalistic study of ziprasidone for irritability in youth with autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2015;25(5):397-401.
30. Malone RP, Delaney MA, Hyman SB, et al. Ziprasidone in adolescents with autism: an open-label pilot study. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2007;17(6):779-790.
31. Findling RL, McNamara NK, Gracious BL, et al. Quetiapine in nine youths with autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2004;14(2):287-294.
32. Golubchik P, Sever J, Weizman A. Low-dose quetiapine for adolescents with autistic spectrum disorder and aggressive behavior: open-label trial. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2011;34(6):216-219.
33. McClellan L, Dominick KC, Pedapati EV, et al. Lurasidone for the treatment of irritability and anger in autism spectrum disorders. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2017;26(8):985-989.
34. Loebel A, Brams M, Goldman RS, et al. Lurasidone for the treatment of irritability associated with autistic disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 2016;46(4):1153-1163.
35. Campbell M, Anderson LT, Meier M, et al. A comparison of haloperidol and behavior therapy and their interaction in autistic children. J Am Acad Child Psychiatry. 1978;17(4):640-655.
36. Wink LK, Pedapati EV, Horn PS, et al. Multiple antipsychotic medication use in autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2017;27(1):91-94.
37. Wink LK, Badran I, Pedapati EV, et al. Clozapine for drug-refractory irritability in individuals with developmental disability. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2016;26(9):843-846.
38. Chen NC, Bedair HS, McKay B, et al. Clozapine in the treatment of aggression in an adolescent with autistic disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(6):479-480.
39. Gobbi G, Pulvirenti L. Long-term treatment with clozapine in an adult with autistic disorder accompanied by aggressive behaviour. J Psychiatry Neurosci. 2001;26(4):340-341.
40. Lambrey S, Falissard B, Martin-Barrero M, et al. Effectiveness of clozapine for the treatment of aggression in an adolescent with autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2010;20(1):79-80.
41. Yalcin O, Kaymak G, Erdogan A, et al. a retrospective investigation of clozapine treatment in autistic and nonautistic children and adolescents in an inpatient clinic in Turkey. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2016;26(9):815-821.
42. Beherec L, Lambrey S, Quilici G, et al. Retrospective review of clozapine in the treatment of patients with autism spectrum disorder and severe disruptive behaviors. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(3):341-344.
43. Hirota T, Veenstra-Vanderweele J, Hollander E, et al, Antiepileptic medications in autism spectrum disorder: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Autism Dev Disord. 2014;44(4):948-957.
44. Hollander E, Chaplin W, Soorya L, et al. Divalproex sodium vs placebo for the treatment of irritability in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2010;35(4):990-998.
45. Rezaei V, Mohammadi MR, Ghanizadeh A, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of risperidone plus topiramate in children with autistic disorder. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2010;34(7):1269-1272.
46. Siegel M, Beresford CA, Bunker M, et al. Preliminary investigation of lithium for mood disorder symptoms in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2014;24(7):399-402.
47. Costello EJ, Egger HL, Angold A. The developmental epidemiology of anxiety disorders: phenomenology, prevalence, and comorbidity. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2005;14(4):631-648,vii.
48. van Steensel FJ, Deutschman AA, Bogels SM. Examining the Screen for Child Anxiety-Related Emotional Disorder-71 as an assessment tool for anxiety in children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorders. Autism. 2013;17(6):681-692.
49. Lidstone J, Uljarevic M, Sullivan J, et al. Relations among restricted and repetitive behaviors, anxiety and sensory features in children with autism spectrum disorder. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders. 2014;8(2):82-92.
50. Turner M. Annotation: Repetitive behaviour in autism: a review of psychological research. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 1999;40(6):839-849.
51. Kuelz AK, Hohagen F, Voderholzer U. Neuropsychological performance in obsessive-compulsive disorder: a critical review. Biol Psychol. 2004;65(3):185-236.
52. Olley A, Malhi G, Sachdev P. Memory and executive functioning in obsessive-compulsive disorder: a selective review. J Affect Disord. 2007;104(1-3):15-23.
53. Channon S, Gunning A, Frankl J, et al. Tourette’s syndrome (TS): cognitive performance in adults with uncomplicated TS. Neuropsychology. 2006;20(1):58-65.
54. Crawford S, Channon S, Robertson MM. Tourette’s syndrome: performance on tests of behavioural inhibition, working memory and gambling. J Child Psychol Psychiatry. 2005;46(12):1327-1336.
55. Renno P, Wood JJ. Discriminant and convergent validity of the anxiety construct in children with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2013;43(9):2135-2146.
56. Wink LK, Erickson CA, Stigler KA, et al. Riluzole in autistic disorder. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2011;21(4):375-379.
57. Vasa RA, Carroll LM, Nozzolillo AA, et al. A systematic review of treatments for anxiety in youth with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2014;44(12):3215-3229.
58. Williams K, Brignell A, Randall M, et al. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) for autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2013;(8):CD004677.
59. Wink LK, Erickson CA, McDougle CJ. Pharmacologic treatment of behavioral symptoms associated with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2010;12(6):529-538.
60. McDougle CJ, Scahill L, Aman MG, et al. Risperidone for the core symptom domains of autism: results from the study by the autism network of the research units on pediatric psychopharmacology. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(6):1142-1148.
61. Murray MJ, Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in the context of autism spectrum disorders. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2010;12(5):382-388.
62. Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology Autism Network. Randomized, controlled, crossover trial of methylphenidate in pervasive developmental disorders with hyperactivity. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2005;62(11):1266-1274.
63. Posey DJ, Aman MG, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on inattention and hyperactivity in pervasive developmental disorders: an analysis of secondary measures. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(4):538-544.
64. Aman MG, Langworthy KS. Pharmacotherapy for hyperactivity in children with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2000;30(5):451-459.
65. Handen BL, Johnson CR, Lubetsky M. Efficacy of methylphenidate among children with autism and symptoms of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 2000;30(3):245-255.
66. Quintana H, Birmaher B, Stedge D, et al. Use of methylphenidate in the treatment of children with autistic disorder. J Autism Dev Disord. 1995;25(3):283-294.
67. Jahromi LB, Kasari CL, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on social communication and self-regulation in children with pervasive developmental disorders and hyperactivity. J Autism Dev Disord. 2009;39(3):395-404.
68. Fankhauser MP, Karumanchi VC, German ML, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy of transdermal clonidine in autism. J Clin Psychiatry. 1992;53(3):77-82.
69. Scahill L, McCracken JT, King BH, et al. Extended-release guanfacine for hyperactivity in children with autism spectrum disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2015;172(12):1197-1206.
70. Handen BL, Sahl R, Hardan AY. Guanfacine in children with autism and/or intellectual disabilities. J Dev Behav Pediatr. 2008;29(4):303-308.
71. Scahill L, Aman MG, McDougle CJ, et al. A prospective open trial of guanfacine in children with pervasive developmental disorders. J Child Adolesc Psychopharmacol. 2006;16(5):589-598.
72. Developmental Disabilities Monitoring Network Surveillance Year 2010 Principal Investigators; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Prevalence of autism spectrum disorder among children aged 8 years - autism and developmental disabilities monitoring network, 11 sites, United States, 2010. MMWR Surveill Summ. 2014;63(2):1-21.
73. Brugha TS, McManus S, Bankart J, et al. Epidemiology of autism spectrum disorders in adults in the community in England. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(5):459-465.
74. Mandell DS, Psychiatric hospitalization among children with autism spectrum disorders. J Autism Dev Disord. 2008;38(6):1059-1065.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
17-20,22-24
Page Number
17-20,22-24
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Caring for patients with autism spectrum disorder
Display Headline
Caring for patients with autism spectrum disorder
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Neuropolitics in the age of extremism: Brain regions involved in hatred

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 14:33
Display Headline
Neuropolitics in the age of extremism: Brain regions involved in hatred

We psychiatrists encounter a wide variety of intense negative emotions in our patients on a daily basis, whether in the clinic or on an inpatient unit. These include rage, irritability, hostility, paranoia, loathing, and unadulterated hatred.

We evaluate, diagnose, and treat the underlying psychiatric brain disorders that generate such maladaptive emotions, and have our patients regain their baseline functioning by resolving the psychopathology that ignited their amygdala and their limbic circuitry.

But while we can manage the microcosm of one patient’s mental state, we are unable to intervene in the macrocosm of an entire society ravaged by extreme hyper-partisanship and naked bidirectional hatred. It is literally impossible for even the most skillful psychiatrists to repair a nation caught up in poisonous emotional turmoil, irreconcilable political differences, and a veritable war of belief systems that mimic religious fanaticism, which history tells us led to so many tragic wars over the centuries and millennia.

Ideally, politics is supposed to be an elegant cerebral process, a debate of ideas across disparate ideologies, the product of which is expected to be the advancement of the welfare of the nation and its citizens. But what we are currently witnessing is a distressing degeneration of politics into personal hatred and ad hominem attacks, with partisans frothing at the mouth as they describe the utter stupidity and dangerousness of their despised political opponents-cum-bitter enemies. They even declare each other “mentally ill,” which is an absurd explanation of why other people do not agree with their belief system. Neither side can find an iota of redeeming value in the political views of the “other side” and hurl insults and epithets verbally and in writing via dueling books that become instant best sellers among the partisan aficionados on both sides.

This disastrous political “climate change” may have ominous repercussions for the brains of the political combatants themselves, and even for those on the sidelines who are subjected to the relentless stress of witnessing a social train wreck in the making. As a neuropsychiatrist, I wonder if the collective national amygdala of the country is on fire, and the national prefrontal cortex is being corroded by the pervasive and ugly negativity that engulfs us all, with social media that incites its users night and day, adding gasoline to the fire. Chronic stress and its associated hypercortisolemia are known to be neurotoxic to the hippocampus and eventuate in clinical depression and its grave consequences.

Continued to: I think I sensed this odious scenario coming...

 

 

I think I sensed this odious scenario coming 2 years ago during the bizarre presidential election, when I wrote an editorial describing the “fear and loathing” that permeated the political process and the unusual behavior of the candidates.1 A year after the election, I commented about the toxic zeitgeist of political extremism from a psychiatric perspective.2 The situation appears to be getting worse, and the folie en masse is intensifying and its hateful cacophony is deafening to our sensibilities.

Aaron Beck, MD, the father of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), wrote a book about hate.3 It may be a fantasy, but I wish the leaders on both sides would agree to a course of CBT to recognize the destructive path of intransigent hyper-partisanship. They might then transcend their egocentric attitudes and inspire millions of their followers to communicate rationally, instead of stoking the fires of resentment and enmity toward the “other side.”

Let’s get back to science: Where are the pathways of hate located in the brain? An interesting study was conducted to detect the neural circuits that mediate hate.4 The researchers obtained functional magnetic resonance imaging scans of participants while they were viewing the face of a person they hate compared with the face of an acquaintance toward whom they have neutral feelings. They also calculated a “hate score” for each participant for the analysis. They found that viewing a hated person increased the activity in several brain regions, including the medial frontal gyrus, right putamen, premotor cortex, frontal pole, and medial insula bilaterally. The activation in 3 areas correlated with the intensity of the hatred: right insula, right premotor cortex, and right frontal-medial gyrus. At the same time, the right superior frontal gyrus showed deactivation. Interestingly, hate and romantic love shared activation in 2 areas: the putamen and insula. This suggests that passionate love and passionate hate are 2 sides of the same neural coin! It prompts me to wonder what happens to the capacity to love among political extremists when their putamen and insula are filled up with hate. It also makes me wonder if unbridled hatred can be “enjoyable” and even addictive, as passionate romantic love is.

The bottom line: Consider the brain changes that are occurring on a large scale in at least a hundred million political partisans, and whether those neural circuits get even more intensely activated following the elections, regardless of the outcome.

Finally, we must remain cognizant of the epigenetic consequences of emotions and stress.5 There is solid scientific evidence that extremes of human experiences can modify gene expression in sperm and fetuses, resulting in a transgenerational effect upon the children of the extreme partisans, and also the children of nonpartisan observers, who experience unmitigated anxiety due to the inescapable cloud of negative affect shrouding their daily lives.6 So politicians should be cognizant that perpetuating a bitter war against each other may be detrimental to their progeny and future generations. I am frankly worried about the epigenetically disrupted emotional stability of voters circa 2035, born in these days of unprecedented and tumultuous hatred by their hyper-partisan parents.

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief

References

1. Nasrallah HA. Fear and loathing abound in the ‘off-label’ presidential election of 2016. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(7):21,26.
2. Nasrallah HA. The toxic zeitgeist of hyper-partisanship: a psychiatric perspective. Current Psychiatry. 2018;17(2):17-18.
3. Beck AT. Prisoners of hate: the cognitive basis of anger, hostility, and violence. New York, NY: Harper-Collins; 1999.
4. Zeki S, Romaya JP. Neural correlates of hate. PloS One. 2008;3(10):e3556. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0003556.
5. Griffiths BB, Hunter RG. Neuroepigenetics of stress. Neuroscience. 2014;275:420-435.
6. Bartlett AA, Singh R, Hunter RG. Anxiety and epigenetics. Adv Exp Med Biol.2017;978:145-166.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
6-7
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF

We psychiatrists encounter a wide variety of intense negative emotions in our patients on a daily basis, whether in the clinic or on an inpatient unit. These include rage, irritability, hostility, paranoia, loathing, and unadulterated hatred.

We evaluate, diagnose, and treat the underlying psychiatric brain disorders that generate such maladaptive emotions, and have our patients regain their baseline functioning by resolving the psychopathology that ignited their amygdala and their limbic circuitry.

But while we can manage the microcosm of one patient’s mental state, we are unable to intervene in the macrocosm of an entire society ravaged by extreme hyper-partisanship and naked bidirectional hatred. It is literally impossible for even the most skillful psychiatrists to repair a nation caught up in poisonous emotional turmoil, irreconcilable political differences, and a veritable war of belief systems that mimic religious fanaticism, which history tells us led to so many tragic wars over the centuries and millennia.

Ideally, politics is supposed to be an elegant cerebral process, a debate of ideas across disparate ideologies, the product of which is expected to be the advancement of the welfare of the nation and its citizens. But what we are currently witnessing is a distressing degeneration of politics into personal hatred and ad hominem attacks, with partisans frothing at the mouth as they describe the utter stupidity and dangerousness of their despised political opponents-cum-bitter enemies. They even declare each other “mentally ill,” which is an absurd explanation of why other people do not agree with their belief system. Neither side can find an iota of redeeming value in the political views of the “other side” and hurl insults and epithets verbally and in writing via dueling books that become instant best sellers among the partisan aficionados on both sides.

This disastrous political “climate change” may have ominous repercussions for the brains of the political combatants themselves, and even for those on the sidelines who are subjected to the relentless stress of witnessing a social train wreck in the making. As a neuropsychiatrist, I wonder if the collective national amygdala of the country is on fire, and the national prefrontal cortex is being corroded by the pervasive and ugly negativity that engulfs us all, with social media that incites its users night and day, adding gasoline to the fire. Chronic stress and its associated hypercortisolemia are known to be neurotoxic to the hippocampus and eventuate in clinical depression and its grave consequences.

Continued to: I think I sensed this odious scenario coming...

 

 

I think I sensed this odious scenario coming 2 years ago during the bizarre presidential election, when I wrote an editorial describing the “fear and loathing” that permeated the political process and the unusual behavior of the candidates.1 A year after the election, I commented about the toxic zeitgeist of political extremism from a psychiatric perspective.2 The situation appears to be getting worse, and the folie en masse is intensifying and its hateful cacophony is deafening to our sensibilities.

Aaron Beck, MD, the father of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), wrote a book about hate.3 It may be a fantasy, but I wish the leaders on both sides would agree to a course of CBT to recognize the destructive path of intransigent hyper-partisanship. They might then transcend their egocentric attitudes and inspire millions of their followers to communicate rationally, instead of stoking the fires of resentment and enmity toward the “other side.”

Let’s get back to science: Where are the pathways of hate located in the brain? An interesting study was conducted to detect the neural circuits that mediate hate.4 The researchers obtained functional magnetic resonance imaging scans of participants while they were viewing the face of a person they hate compared with the face of an acquaintance toward whom they have neutral feelings. They also calculated a “hate score” for each participant for the analysis. They found that viewing a hated person increased the activity in several brain regions, including the medial frontal gyrus, right putamen, premotor cortex, frontal pole, and medial insula bilaterally. The activation in 3 areas correlated with the intensity of the hatred: right insula, right premotor cortex, and right frontal-medial gyrus. At the same time, the right superior frontal gyrus showed deactivation. Interestingly, hate and romantic love shared activation in 2 areas: the putamen and insula. This suggests that passionate love and passionate hate are 2 sides of the same neural coin! It prompts me to wonder what happens to the capacity to love among political extremists when their putamen and insula are filled up with hate. It also makes me wonder if unbridled hatred can be “enjoyable” and even addictive, as passionate romantic love is.

The bottom line: Consider the brain changes that are occurring on a large scale in at least a hundred million political partisans, and whether those neural circuits get even more intensely activated following the elections, regardless of the outcome.

Finally, we must remain cognizant of the epigenetic consequences of emotions and stress.5 There is solid scientific evidence that extremes of human experiences can modify gene expression in sperm and fetuses, resulting in a transgenerational effect upon the children of the extreme partisans, and also the children of nonpartisan observers, who experience unmitigated anxiety due to the inescapable cloud of negative affect shrouding their daily lives.6 So politicians should be cognizant that perpetuating a bitter war against each other may be detrimental to their progeny and future generations. I am frankly worried about the epigenetically disrupted emotional stability of voters circa 2035, born in these days of unprecedented and tumultuous hatred by their hyper-partisan parents.

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief

We psychiatrists encounter a wide variety of intense negative emotions in our patients on a daily basis, whether in the clinic or on an inpatient unit. These include rage, irritability, hostility, paranoia, loathing, and unadulterated hatred.

We evaluate, diagnose, and treat the underlying psychiatric brain disorders that generate such maladaptive emotions, and have our patients regain their baseline functioning by resolving the psychopathology that ignited their amygdala and their limbic circuitry.

But while we can manage the microcosm of one patient’s mental state, we are unable to intervene in the macrocosm of an entire society ravaged by extreme hyper-partisanship and naked bidirectional hatred. It is literally impossible for even the most skillful psychiatrists to repair a nation caught up in poisonous emotional turmoil, irreconcilable political differences, and a veritable war of belief systems that mimic religious fanaticism, which history tells us led to so many tragic wars over the centuries and millennia.

Ideally, politics is supposed to be an elegant cerebral process, a debate of ideas across disparate ideologies, the product of which is expected to be the advancement of the welfare of the nation and its citizens. But what we are currently witnessing is a distressing degeneration of politics into personal hatred and ad hominem attacks, with partisans frothing at the mouth as they describe the utter stupidity and dangerousness of their despised political opponents-cum-bitter enemies. They even declare each other “mentally ill,” which is an absurd explanation of why other people do not agree with their belief system. Neither side can find an iota of redeeming value in the political views of the “other side” and hurl insults and epithets verbally and in writing via dueling books that become instant best sellers among the partisan aficionados on both sides.

This disastrous political “climate change” may have ominous repercussions for the brains of the political combatants themselves, and even for those on the sidelines who are subjected to the relentless stress of witnessing a social train wreck in the making. As a neuropsychiatrist, I wonder if the collective national amygdala of the country is on fire, and the national prefrontal cortex is being corroded by the pervasive and ugly negativity that engulfs us all, with social media that incites its users night and day, adding gasoline to the fire. Chronic stress and its associated hypercortisolemia are known to be neurotoxic to the hippocampus and eventuate in clinical depression and its grave consequences.

Continued to: I think I sensed this odious scenario coming...

 

 

I think I sensed this odious scenario coming 2 years ago during the bizarre presidential election, when I wrote an editorial describing the “fear and loathing” that permeated the political process and the unusual behavior of the candidates.1 A year after the election, I commented about the toxic zeitgeist of political extremism from a psychiatric perspective.2 The situation appears to be getting worse, and the folie en masse is intensifying and its hateful cacophony is deafening to our sensibilities.

Aaron Beck, MD, the father of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), wrote a book about hate.3 It may be a fantasy, but I wish the leaders on both sides would agree to a course of CBT to recognize the destructive path of intransigent hyper-partisanship. They might then transcend their egocentric attitudes and inspire millions of their followers to communicate rationally, instead of stoking the fires of resentment and enmity toward the “other side.”

Let’s get back to science: Where are the pathways of hate located in the brain? An interesting study was conducted to detect the neural circuits that mediate hate.4 The researchers obtained functional magnetic resonance imaging scans of participants while they were viewing the face of a person they hate compared with the face of an acquaintance toward whom they have neutral feelings. They also calculated a “hate score” for each participant for the analysis. They found that viewing a hated person increased the activity in several brain regions, including the medial frontal gyrus, right putamen, premotor cortex, frontal pole, and medial insula bilaterally. The activation in 3 areas correlated with the intensity of the hatred: right insula, right premotor cortex, and right frontal-medial gyrus. At the same time, the right superior frontal gyrus showed deactivation. Interestingly, hate and romantic love shared activation in 2 areas: the putamen and insula. This suggests that passionate love and passionate hate are 2 sides of the same neural coin! It prompts me to wonder what happens to the capacity to love among political extremists when their putamen and insula are filled up with hate. It also makes me wonder if unbridled hatred can be “enjoyable” and even addictive, as passionate romantic love is.

The bottom line: Consider the brain changes that are occurring on a large scale in at least a hundred million political partisans, and whether those neural circuits get even more intensely activated following the elections, regardless of the outcome.

Finally, we must remain cognizant of the epigenetic consequences of emotions and stress.5 There is solid scientific evidence that extremes of human experiences can modify gene expression in sperm and fetuses, resulting in a transgenerational effect upon the children of the extreme partisans, and also the children of nonpartisan observers, who experience unmitigated anxiety due to the inescapable cloud of negative affect shrouding their daily lives.6 So politicians should be cognizant that perpetuating a bitter war against each other may be detrimental to their progeny and future generations. I am frankly worried about the epigenetically disrupted emotional stability of voters circa 2035, born in these days of unprecedented and tumultuous hatred by their hyper-partisan parents.

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief

References

1. Nasrallah HA. Fear and loathing abound in the ‘off-label’ presidential election of 2016. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(7):21,26.
2. Nasrallah HA. The toxic zeitgeist of hyper-partisanship: a psychiatric perspective. Current Psychiatry. 2018;17(2):17-18.
3. Beck AT. Prisoners of hate: the cognitive basis of anger, hostility, and violence. New York, NY: Harper-Collins; 1999.
4. Zeki S, Romaya JP. Neural correlates of hate. PloS One. 2008;3(10):e3556. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0003556.
5. Griffiths BB, Hunter RG. Neuroepigenetics of stress. Neuroscience. 2014;275:420-435.
6. Bartlett AA, Singh R, Hunter RG. Anxiety and epigenetics. Adv Exp Med Biol.2017;978:145-166.

References

1. Nasrallah HA. Fear and loathing abound in the ‘off-label’ presidential election of 2016. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(7):21,26.
2. Nasrallah HA. The toxic zeitgeist of hyper-partisanship: a psychiatric perspective. Current Psychiatry. 2018;17(2):17-18.
3. Beck AT. Prisoners of hate: the cognitive basis of anger, hostility, and violence. New York, NY: Harper-Collins; 1999.
4. Zeki S, Romaya JP. Neural correlates of hate. PloS One. 2008;3(10):e3556. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0003556.
5. Griffiths BB, Hunter RG. Neuroepigenetics of stress. Neuroscience. 2014;275:420-435.
6. Bartlett AA, Singh R, Hunter RG. Anxiety and epigenetics. Adv Exp Med Biol.2017;978:145-166.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
6-7
Page Number
6-7
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Neuropolitics in the age of extremism: Brain regions involved in hatred
Display Headline
Neuropolitics in the age of extremism: Brain regions involved in hatred
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Preventing brain damage in psychosis

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 11/01/2018 - 12:37
Display Headline
Preventing brain damage in psychosis

I read with great interest Dr. Nasrallah’s editorial, “FAST and RAPID: Acronyms to prevent brain damage in stroke and psychosis” (From the Editor, Current Psychiatry, August 2018, p. 6-8). It makes me wonder about the ethics of allowing patients with active psychosis to participate in placebo-controlled studies. If a patient’s brain undergoes damage while psychotic, allowing the psychosis to continue without active treatment sounds possibly at odds with a physician’s oath. If a patient is in the placebo arm, then they are not receiving treatment for their psychotic symptoms. I wonder about his opinion on this.

Mitchell L. Glaser, MD
Board-Certified Child/Adolescent and General Psychiatrist
Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Rush University Medical Center
Chairman
Department of Psychiatry
Medical Director of Child/Adolescent Psychiatry
St. Mary/Elizabeth Medical Center 
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 
Rosalind Franklin University
Chicago, Illinois

 

Thank you, Dr. Nasrallah, for your incisive thinking and for bringing our attention as psychiatrists to the crucial issues of our clinical practice. I’d like to offer some nuance on the RAPID acronym. First, I’d like to counterpropose DASH: Delusions, Auditory hallucinations, Strange behavior, Hospital now. This is more in line with getting physicians to tune in to the symptoms that should alarm them and bring them to action. I agree that neurodegeneration and illness recurrence are the problems to address. One unsettled issue remains: With early intervention, can we eventually taper patients off antipsychotics to spare them the metabolic and immune morbidity associated with these medications? There is some evidence that this is possible, but it is difficult to collect data. One of the factors delaying treatment, other than lack of recognition, is the general public’s belief that the treatment is sometimes worse than the disease. If we can address this issue in a nuanced fashion, we may get more “early adopters” of these neuron-sparing treatments.

Michael S. Diamond, MD
Private psychiatric practice
Chevy Chase, Maryland

 

Dr. Nasrallah is right to focus on brain injury patterns, including inflammation and de-myelination, during psychotic episodes. He and Dr. Roque note that starting a patient on a long-acting injectable antipsychotic as soon as possible may prevent subsequent relapse and further brain damage. However, their editorial omits 2 treatments—minocycline and clemastine—that can help stop CNS inflammation, reduce brain damage, and promote remyelination.

Minocycline has been shown to reduce stroke infarct penumbra size and improve outcomes in functional recovery from stroke.1,2 Minocycline’s effects as a potent CNS anti-inflammatory and antiapoptotic agent are well established.

Clemastine has been shown to improve function in multiple sclerosis by activating oligodendrocyte precursor cells into active agents of myelination and fiber bundle stabilization.3 Clemastine reverses acute leukoencephalopathy.4

If we are to treat acute psychosis as a neurologic emergency, we cannot rely on long-acting injectable antipsychotics as the sole treatment. Psychiatric medication alone is not sufficient across every neuropsychiatric condition in which inflammation and white matter damage are part of the etiology, destruction, and pattern of relapse.

The adverse effects risk of adjunctive minocycline and clemastine is low compared with the potential benefits of stopping inflammation, reducing apoptosis, and jump-starting white matter repair. Doses of oral minocycline in the 50- to 100-mg/d range and oral clemastine in the 1.34- to 2.68-mg/d range together can lead to reduced cranial heat, improved cranial suture mobility, and improved elasticity of white matter bundle tracts palpable on physical examination. Both medications show clinical results in improved emotional self-regulation, according to family reports and clinical observations in the outpatient setting. There is no reason to delay neurologic-based adjunctive treatment when our goal is to prevent and reverse brain damage.

Daniel Kerlinsky, MD
Child Psychiatrist
Clinical Assistant Professor
Burrell College of Osteopathic Medicine
Albuquerque, New Mexico

References

1. Hess DH, Fagan SC. Repurposing an old drug to improve the use and safety of tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke: minocycline. Rev Neurol Dis. 2010;30(7 pt 2):55S-61S.
2. Vedantam S, Moller AR. Minocycline: a novel stroke therapy. J Neurol Stroke. 2015;2(6):00073. doi: 10.15406/jnsk.2015.02.00073.
3. Green AJ, Gelfand JM, Cree BA, et al. Clemastine fumarate as a remyelinating therapy for multiple sclerosis (ReBUILD): a randomised, controlled, double-blind, crossover trial. Lancet. 2017;390(10111):2481-2489.
4. Cree BAC, Niu J, Hoi KK, et al. Clemastine rescues myelination defects and promotes functional recovery in hypoxic brain injury. Brain. 2018;141(1):85-98.

 

Continue to: Dr. Nasrallah responds

 

 

Dr. Nasrallah responds

Thanks to my colleagues, Drs. Diamond, Glaser, and Kerlinsky, for their cogent letters about my editorial.

To Dr. Glaser: The “ethics” of conducting placebo-controlled studies when developing a new antipsychotic has been raging for some time. For decades, the FDA has insisted on using a placebo group because around 25% to 30% of research participants respond to placebo, and because participants receiving placebo also complain of many adverse effects. So a new drug has to demonstrate a statistically higher efficacy than a placebo, and the adverse effect profile of the placebo group will put the safety and tolerability profile of a new drug in proper perspective. However, in Europe, they do not conduct placebo-controlled studies; instead, they conduct what is called a “non-inferiority” trial of a new antipsychotic compared with a well-established antipsychotic.

Interestingly, even though the discovery of the neurodegenerative effects of untreated psychosis was only 20 years ago (in 1997 after serial MRI scans revealed progressive atrophy), in the 1960s, the first antipsychotic, chlorpromazine, was compared with placebo in a large national study for 6 months. This study showed without a doubt that chlorpromazine has a higher efficacy than placebo. After the study was done, Dr. Philip May at University of California, Los Angeles looked at what happened to the psychotic patients who received placebo for 6 months and found that they became less responsive to treatment, were re-hospitalized more often, and had more negative symptoms and a poorer overall outcome. That was a clue that untreated psychosis can be harmful, and it supports your point about the ethics of using placebo. In contemporary studies, a trial of oral antipsychotics is 6 weeks, not 6 months. In the year-long, placebo-controlled studies of injectable antipsychotics in stable patients, those who show the slightest increase in delusions, hallucinations, or suicidal/homicidal behavior were promptly taken out of the study and treated. This reduced the “harm,” although not completely. Perhaps the FDA will change its policies and adopt the non-inferiority model. That’s what is done with nonpsychiatric disorders such as pneumonia, stroke, or diabetes. But one last fact has to be stated: The placebo response in anxiety, depression, or psychosis is much higher (25% to 35%) than the 1% placebo response in pneumonia.

To Dr. Diamond: I really like DASH, and it is an acronym for quick symptomatic diagnosis. Speedy treatment then follows with the acronym RAPID to prevent brain damage that gets worse with delay.

As for the second issue of tapering off the antipsychotic medication, the evidence is overwhelming in favor of continuous pharmacotherapy. Just as hypertension and diabetes will return if medications are tapered or stopped, so will psychosis, and vengefully so because treatment resistance increases with each relapse.1 This is also true for bipolar disorder recurrences.2 A recent 20-year follow-up study showed that stopping antipsychotic treatment is associated with a much higher mortality rate than continuation therapy.3 Another 7-year study showed the same thing.4 It is literally deadly, and not just neurodegenerative, for persons with schizophrenia to stop their medications.

To Dr. Kerlinsky: I agree with you about using certain adjunctive pharmacotherapies for acute psychosis, which is associated with neuroinflammation, oxidative stress, and neuropil and myelin damage. I support using agents with anti-inflammatory effects (such as minocycline and omega-3 fatty acid), antioxidant effects (such as N-acetylcysteine), and neuroprotective effects (such as minocycline, clemastine, lithium, vitamin D, erythropoietin, etc.). I refer you to my past editorial, “Are you neuroprotecting your patients? 10 Adjunctive therapies to consider,”5 in which I mentioned all the above. I also pointed out the many neuro­protective effects of atypical antipsychotics in another editorial.6 Although off-label, those supplements can be useful interventions that can ameliorate the gray and white matter damage associated with acute psychotic relapses in patients with schizophrenia.

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief
The Sydney W. Souers Endowed Chair
Professor and Chairman
Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience
Saint Louis University School of Medicine
St. Louis, Missouri

References

1. Emsley R, Oosthuizen P, Koen L, et al. Comparison of treatment response in second-episode versus first-episode schizophrenia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2013;33(1):80-83.
2. Post RM. Preventing the malignant transformation of bipolar disorder. JAMA. 2018;E1-E2.
3. Tiihonen J, Tanskanen A, Taipale H. 20-year nationwide follow-up study on discontinuation of anti­psychotic treatment in first-episode schizophrenia. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):765-773.
4. Taipale H, Mittendorfer-Rutz E, Alexanderson K, et al. Antipsychotics and mortality in a nationwide cohort of 29,823 patients with schizophrenia. Schizophr Res. 2018;197:274-280.
5. Nasrallah HA. Are you neuroprotecting your patients? 10 Adjunctive therapies to consider. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(12):12-14.
6. Nasrallah HA. A decade after the CATIE study, the focus has shifted from effectiveness to neuro­protection. Current Psychiatry. 2015;14(2):19-21.

Article PDF
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
9-10
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

I read with great interest Dr. Nasrallah’s editorial, “FAST and RAPID: Acronyms to prevent brain damage in stroke and psychosis” (From the Editor, Current Psychiatry, August 2018, p. 6-8). It makes me wonder about the ethics of allowing patients with active psychosis to participate in placebo-controlled studies. If a patient’s brain undergoes damage while psychotic, allowing the psychosis to continue without active treatment sounds possibly at odds with a physician’s oath. If a patient is in the placebo arm, then they are not receiving treatment for their psychotic symptoms. I wonder about his opinion on this.

Mitchell L. Glaser, MD
Board-Certified Child/Adolescent and General Psychiatrist
Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Rush University Medical Center
Chairman
Department of Psychiatry
Medical Director of Child/Adolescent Psychiatry
St. Mary/Elizabeth Medical Center 
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 
Rosalind Franklin University
Chicago, Illinois

 

Thank you, Dr. Nasrallah, for your incisive thinking and for bringing our attention as psychiatrists to the crucial issues of our clinical practice. I’d like to offer some nuance on the RAPID acronym. First, I’d like to counterpropose DASH: Delusions, Auditory hallucinations, Strange behavior, Hospital now. This is more in line with getting physicians to tune in to the symptoms that should alarm them and bring them to action. I agree that neurodegeneration and illness recurrence are the problems to address. One unsettled issue remains: With early intervention, can we eventually taper patients off antipsychotics to spare them the metabolic and immune morbidity associated with these medications? There is some evidence that this is possible, but it is difficult to collect data. One of the factors delaying treatment, other than lack of recognition, is the general public’s belief that the treatment is sometimes worse than the disease. If we can address this issue in a nuanced fashion, we may get more “early adopters” of these neuron-sparing treatments.

Michael S. Diamond, MD
Private psychiatric practice
Chevy Chase, Maryland

 

Dr. Nasrallah is right to focus on brain injury patterns, including inflammation and de-myelination, during psychotic episodes. He and Dr. Roque note that starting a patient on a long-acting injectable antipsychotic as soon as possible may prevent subsequent relapse and further brain damage. However, their editorial omits 2 treatments—minocycline and clemastine—that can help stop CNS inflammation, reduce brain damage, and promote remyelination.

Minocycline has been shown to reduce stroke infarct penumbra size and improve outcomes in functional recovery from stroke.1,2 Minocycline’s effects as a potent CNS anti-inflammatory and antiapoptotic agent are well established.

Clemastine has been shown to improve function in multiple sclerosis by activating oligodendrocyte precursor cells into active agents of myelination and fiber bundle stabilization.3 Clemastine reverses acute leukoencephalopathy.4

If we are to treat acute psychosis as a neurologic emergency, we cannot rely on long-acting injectable antipsychotics as the sole treatment. Psychiatric medication alone is not sufficient across every neuropsychiatric condition in which inflammation and white matter damage are part of the etiology, destruction, and pattern of relapse.

The adverse effects risk of adjunctive minocycline and clemastine is low compared with the potential benefits of stopping inflammation, reducing apoptosis, and jump-starting white matter repair. Doses of oral minocycline in the 50- to 100-mg/d range and oral clemastine in the 1.34- to 2.68-mg/d range together can lead to reduced cranial heat, improved cranial suture mobility, and improved elasticity of white matter bundle tracts palpable on physical examination. Both medications show clinical results in improved emotional self-regulation, according to family reports and clinical observations in the outpatient setting. There is no reason to delay neurologic-based adjunctive treatment when our goal is to prevent and reverse brain damage.

Daniel Kerlinsky, MD
Child Psychiatrist
Clinical Assistant Professor
Burrell College of Osteopathic Medicine
Albuquerque, New Mexico

References

1. Hess DH, Fagan SC. Repurposing an old drug to improve the use and safety of tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke: minocycline. Rev Neurol Dis. 2010;30(7 pt 2):55S-61S.
2. Vedantam S, Moller AR. Minocycline: a novel stroke therapy. J Neurol Stroke. 2015;2(6):00073. doi: 10.15406/jnsk.2015.02.00073.
3. Green AJ, Gelfand JM, Cree BA, et al. Clemastine fumarate as a remyelinating therapy for multiple sclerosis (ReBUILD): a randomised, controlled, double-blind, crossover trial. Lancet. 2017;390(10111):2481-2489.
4. Cree BAC, Niu J, Hoi KK, et al. Clemastine rescues myelination defects and promotes functional recovery in hypoxic brain injury. Brain. 2018;141(1):85-98.

 

Continue to: Dr. Nasrallah responds

 

 

Dr. Nasrallah responds

Thanks to my colleagues, Drs. Diamond, Glaser, and Kerlinsky, for their cogent letters about my editorial.

To Dr. Glaser: The “ethics” of conducting placebo-controlled studies when developing a new antipsychotic has been raging for some time. For decades, the FDA has insisted on using a placebo group because around 25% to 30% of research participants respond to placebo, and because participants receiving placebo also complain of many adverse effects. So a new drug has to demonstrate a statistically higher efficacy than a placebo, and the adverse effect profile of the placebo group will put the safety and tolerability profile of a new drug in proper perspective. However, in Europe, they do not conduct placebo-controlled studies; instead, they conduct what is called a “non-inferiority” trial of a new antipsychotic compared with a well-established antipsychotic.

Interestingly, even though the discovery of the neurodegenerative effects of untreated psychosis was only 20 years ago (in 1997 after serial MRI scans revealed progressive atrophy), in the 1960s, the first antipsychotic, chlorpromazine, was compared with placebo in a large national study for 6 months. This study showed without a doubt that chlorpromazine has a higher efficacy than placebo. After the study was done, Dr. Philip May at University of California, Los Angeles looked at what happened to the psychotic patients who received placebo for 6 months and found that they became less responsive to treatment, were re-hospitalized more often, and had more negative symptoms and a poorer overall outcome. That was a clue that untreated psychosis can be harmful, and it supports your point about the ethics of using placebo. In contemporary studies, a trial of oral antipsychotics is 6 weeks, not 6 months. In the year-long, placebo-controlled studies of injectable antipsychotics in stable patients, those who show the slightest increase in delusions, hallucinations, or suicidal/homicidal behavior were promptly taken out of the study and treated. This reduced the “harm,” although not completely. Perhaps the FDA will change its policies and adopt the non-inferiority model. That’s what is done with nonpsychiatric disorders such as pneumonia, stroke, or diabetes. But one last fact has to be stated: The placebo response in anxiety, depression, or psychosis is much higher (25% to 35%) than the 1% placebo response in pneumonia.

To Dr. Diamond: I really like DASH, and it is an acronym for quick symptomatic diagnosis. Speedy treatment then follows with the acronym RAPID to prevent brain damage that gets worse with delay.

As for the second issue of tapering off the antipsychotic medication, the evidence is overwhelming in favor of continuous pharmacotherapy. Just as hypertension and diabetes will return if medications are tapered or stopped, so will psychosis, and vengefully so because treatment resistance increases with each relapse.1 This is also true for bipolar disorder recurrences.2 A recent 20-year follow-up study showed that stopping antipsychotic treatment is associated with a much higher mortality rate than continuation therapy.3 Another 7-year study showed the same thing.4 It is literally deadly, and not just neurodegenerative, for persons with schizophrenia to stop their medications.

To Dr. Kerlinsky: I agree with you about using certain adjunctive pharmacotherapies for acute psychosis, which is associated with neuroinflammation, oxidative stress, and neuropil and myelin damage. I support using agents with anti-inflammatory effects (such as minocycline and omega-3 fatty acid), antioxidant effects (such as N-acetylcysteine), and neuroprotective effects (such as minocycline, clemastine, lithium, vitamin D, erythropoietin, etc.). I refer you to my past editorial, “Are you neuroprotecting your patients? 10 Adjunctive therapies to consider,”5 in which I mentioned all the above. I also pointed out the many neuro­protective effects of atypical antipsychotics in another editorial.6 Although off-label, those supplements can be useful interventions that can ameliorate the gray and white matter damage associated with acute psychotic relapses in patients with schizophrenia.

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief
The Sydney W. Souers Endowed Chair
Professor and Chairman
Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience
Saint Louis University School of Medicine
St. Louis, Missouri

References

1. Emsley R, Oosthuizen P, Koen L, et al. Comparison of treatment response in second-episode versus first-episode schizophrenia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2013;33(1):80-83.
2. Post RM. Preventing the malignant transformation of bipolar disorder. JAMA. 2018;E1-E2.
3. Tiihonen J, Tanskanen A, Taipale H. 20-year nationwide follow-up study on discontinuation of anti­psychotic treatment in first-episode schizophrenia. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):765-773.
4. Taipale H, Mittendorfer-Rutz E, Alexanderson K, et al. Antipsychotics and mortality in a nationwide cohort of 29,823 patients with schizophrenia. Schizophr Res. 2018;197:274-280.
5. Nasrallah HA. Are you neuroprotecting your patients? 10 Adjunctive therapies to consider. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(12):12-14.
6. Nasrallah HA. A decade after the CATIE study, the focus has shifted from effectiveness to neuro­protection. Current Psychiatry. 2015;14(2):19-21.

I read with great interest Dr. Nasrallah’s editorial, “FAST and RAPID: Acronyms to prevent brain damage in stroke and psychosis” (From the Editor, Current Psychiatry, August 2018, p. 6-8). It makes me wonder about the ethics of allowing patients with active psychosis to participate in placebo-controlled studies. If a patient’s brain undergoes damage while psychotic, allowing the psychosis to continue without active treatment sounds possibly at odds with a physician’s oath. If a patient is in the placebo arm, then they are not receiving treatment for their psychotic symptoms. I wonder about his opinion on this.

Mitchell L. Glaser, MD
Board-Certified Child/Adolescent and General Psychiatrist
Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Rush University Medical Center
Chairman
Department of Psychiatry
Medical Director of Child/Adolescent Psychiatry
St. Mary/Elizabeth Medical Center 
Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 
Rosalind Franklin University
Chicago, Illinois

 

Thank you, Dr. Nasrallah, for your incisive thinking and for bringing our attention as psychiatrists to the crucial issues of our clinical practice. I’d like to offer some nuance on the RAPID acronym. First, I’d like to counterpropose DASH: Delusions, Auditory hallucinations, Strange behavior, Hospital now. This is more in line with getting physicians to tune in to the symptoms that should alarm them and bring them to action. I agree that neurodegeneration and illness recurrence are the problems to address. One unsettled issue remains: With early intervention, can we eventually taper patients off antipsychotics to spare them the metabolic and immune morbidity associated with these medications? There is some evidence that this is possible, but it is difficult to collect data. One of the factors delaying treatment, other than lack of recognition, is the general public’s belief that the treatment is sometimes worse than the disease. If we can address this issue in a nuanced fashion, we may get more “early adopters” of these neuron-sparing treatments.

Michael S. Diamond, MD
Private psychiatric practice
Chevy Chase, Maryland

 

Dr. Nasrallah is right to focus on brain injury patterns, including inflammation and de-myelination, during psychotic episodes. He and Dr. Roque note that starting a patient on a long-acting injectable antipsychotic as soon as possible may prevent subsequent relapse and further brain damage. However, their editorial omits 2 treatments—minocycline and clemastine—that can help stop CNS inflammation, reduce brain damage, and promote remyelination.

Minocycline has been shown to reduce stroke infarct penumbra size and improve outcomes in functional recovery from stroke.1,2 Minocycline’s effects as a potent CNS anti-inflammatory and antiapoptotic agent are well established.

Clemastine has been shown to improve function in multiple sclerosis by activating oligodendrocyte precursor cells into active agents of myelination and fiber bundle stabilization.3 Clemastine reverses acute leukoencephalopathy.4

If we are to treat acute psychosis as a neurologic emergency, we cannot rely on long-acting injectable antipsychotics as the sole treatment. Psychiatric medication alone is not sufficient across every neuropsychiatric condition in which inflammation and white matter damage are part of the etiology, destruction, and pattern of relapse.

The adverse effects risk of adjunctive minocycline and clemastine is low compared with the potential benefits of stopping inflammation, reducing apoptosis, and jump-starting white matter repair. Doses of oral minocycline in the 50- to 100-mg/d range and oral clemastine in the 1.34- to 2.68-mg/d range together can lead to reduced cranial heat, improved cranial suture mobility, and improved elasticity of white matter bundle tracts palpable on physical examination. Both medications show clinical results in improved emotional self-regulation, according to family reports and clinical observations in the outpatient setting. There is no reason to delay neurologic-based adjunctive treatment when our goal is to prevent and reverse brain damage.

Daniel Kerlinsky, MD
Child Psychiatrist
Clinical Assistant Professor
Burrell College of Osteopathic Medicine
Albuquerque, New Mexico

References

1. Hess DH, Fagan SC. Repurposing an old drug to improve the use and safety of tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke: minocycline. Rev Neurol Dis. 2010;30(7 pt 2):55S-61S.
2. Vedantam S, Moller AR. Minocycline: a novel stroke therapy. J Neurol Stroke. 2015;2(6):00073. doi: 10.15406/jnsk.2015.02.00073.
3. Green AJ, Gelfand JM, Cree BA, et al. Clemastine fumarate as a remyelinating therapy for multiple sclerosis (ReBUILD): a randomised, controlled, double-blind, crossover trial. Lancet. 2017;390(10111):2481-2489.
4. Cree BAC, Niu J, Hoi KK, et al. Clemastine rescues myelination defects and promotes functional recovery in hypoxic brain injury. Brain. 2018;141(1):85-98.

 

Continue to: Dr. Nasrallah responds

 

 

Dr. Nasrallah responds

Thanks to my colleagues, Drs. Diamond, Glaser, and Kerlinsky, for their cogent letters about my editorial.

To Dr. Glaser: The “ethics” of conducting placebo-controlled studies when developing a new antipsychotic has been raging for some time. For decades, the FDA has insisted on using a placebo group because around 25% to 30% of research participants respond to placebo, and because participants receiving placebo also complain of many adverse effects. So a new drug has to demonstrate a statistically higher efficacy than a placebo, and the adverse effect profile of the placebo group will put the safety and tolerability profile of a new drug in proper perspective. However, in Europe, they do not conduct placebo-controlled studies; instead, they conduct what is called a “non-inferiority” trial of a new antipsychotic compared with a well-established antipsychotic.

Interestingly, even though the discovery of the neurodegenerative effects of untreated psychosis was only 20 years ago (in 1997 after serial MRI scans revealed progressive atrophy), in the 1960s, the first antipsychotic, chlorpromazine, was compared with placebo in a large national study for 6 months. This study showed without a doubt that chlorpromazine has a higher efficacy than placebo. After the study was done, Dr. Philip May at University of California, Los Angeles looked at what happened to the psychotic patients who received placebo for 6 months and found that they became less responsive to treatment, were re-hospitalized more often, and had more negative symptoms and a poorer overall outcome. That was a clue that untreated psychosis can be harmful, and it supports your point about the ethics of using placebo. In contemporary studies, a trial of oral antipsychotics is 6 weeks, not 6 months. In the year-long, placebo-controlled studies of injectable antipsychotics in stable patients, those who show the slightest increase in delusions, hallucinations, or suicidal/homicidal behavior were promptly taken out of the study and treated. This reduced the “harm,” although not completely. Perhaps the FDA will change its policies and adopt the non-inferiority model. That’s what is done with nonpsychiatric disorders such as pneumonia, stroke, or diabetes. But one last fact has to be stated: The placebo response in anxiety, depression, or psychosis is much higher (25% to 35%) than the 1% placebo response in pneumonia.

To Dr. Diamond: I really like DASH, and it is an acronym for quick symptomatic diagnosis. Speedy treatment then follows with the acronym RAPID to prevent brain damage that gets worse with delay.

As for the second issue of tapering off the antipsychotic medication, the evidence is overwhelming in favor of continuous pharmacotherapy. Just as hypertension and diabetes will return if medications are tapered or stopped, so will psychosis, and vengefully so because treatment resistance increases with each relapse.1 This is also true for bipolar disorder recurrences.2 A recent 20-year follow-up study showed that stopping antipsychotic treatment is associated with a much higher mortality rate than continuation therapy.3 Another 7-year study showed the same thing.4 It is literally deadly, and not just neurodegenerative, for persons with schizophrenia to stop their medications.

To Dr. Kerlinsky: I agree with you about using certain adjunctive pharmacotherapies for acute psychosis, which is associated with neuroinflammation, oxidative stress, and neuropil and myelin damage. I support using agents with anti-inflammatory effects (such as minocycline and omega-3 fatty acid), antioxidant effects (such as N-acetylcysteine), and neuroprotective effects (such as minocycline, clemastine, lithium, vitamin D, erythropoietin, etc.). I refer you to my past editorial, “Are you neuroprotecting your patients? 10 Adjunctive therapies to consider,”5 in which I mentioned all the above. I also pointed out the many neuro­protective effects of atypical antipsychotics in another editorial.6 Although off-label, those supplements can be useful interventions that can ameliorate the gray and white matter damage associated with acute psychotic relapses in patients with schizophrenia.

Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief
The Sydney W. Souers Endowed Chair
Professor and Chairman
Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience
Saint Louis University School of Medicine
St. Louis, Missouri

References

1. Emsley R, Oosthuizen P, Koen L, et al. Comparison of treatment response in second-episode versus first-episode schizophrenia. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2013;33(1):80-83.
2. Post RM. Preventing the malignant transformation of bipolar disorder. JAMA. 2018;E1-E2.
3. Tiihonen J, Tanskanen A, Taipale H. 20-year nationwide follow-up study on discontinuation of anti­psychotic treatment in first-episode schizophrenia. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):765-773.
4. Taipale H, Mittendorfer-Rutz E, Alexanderson K, et al. Antipsychotics and mortality in a nationwide cohort of 29,823 patients with schizophrenia. Schizophr Res. 2018;197:274-280.
5. Nasrallah HA. Are you neuroprotecting your patients? 10 Adjunctive therapies to consider. Current Psychiatry. 2016;15(12):12-14.
6. Nasrallah HA. A decade after the CATIE study, the focus has shifted from effectiveness to neuro­protection. Current Psychiatry. 2015;14(2):19-21.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
9-10
Page Number
9-10
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Preventing brain damage in psychosis
Display Headline
Preventing brain damage in psychosis
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Protein binding changes and drug interactions: What do we know?

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 03/04/2019 - 15:43
Display Headline
Protein binding changes and drug interactions: What do we know?

Mr. S, age 47, weighs 209 lb and has a history of seizure disorder, bipolar disorder not otherwise specified, hypertension, and type 2 diabetes mellitus. He presents to the emergency department after not taking his medications for 2 days while on vacation. He has increased energy, decreased sleep, and pressured speech, and insists on walking for up to 10 hours per day “in preparation for a marathon,” even though he has a 4-cm foot ulcer. His family reports that he had been compliant with his medications until the present incident.

 

Mr. S has no known drug allergies. His medications include oral divalproex sodium delayed release (valproic acid [VPA]), 1,000 mg twice a day, oral lisinopril, 20 mg every morning, and insulin glargine, 22 units subcutaneously every evening.

A complete blood count, basic metabolic panel, creatine kinase level, VPA level, and urine drug screen are ordered. Relevant results include a serum creatinine level of 1.4 mg/dL (normal range: 0.6 to 1.2 mg/dL), a glucose serum level of 188 mg/dL (normal range: 70 to 100 mg/dL), and a VPA level of 23 mcg/mL (therapeutic range: 50 to 125 mcg/mL). A liver function panel is within normal limits: albumin level of 3.9 g/dL, aspartate aminotransferase level of 18 IU/L, and alanine aminotransferase level of 14 IU/L. In light of Mr. S’s seizure history, neurology is consulted and the decision is made to continue treating him with VPA because he has been seizure-free for 4.5 years and this medication has also helped with his bipolar disorder.

Mr. S is admitted to the hospital and his home medications are resumed at the current doses. On hospital Day 3, Mr. S’s VPA level is 62 mcg/mL, his obsession with a marathon has remitted, and his sleep pattern has normalized. Infectious disease and podiatry services are consulted for his diabetic foot infection, which has ulcerated down to the bone. IV ertapenem, 1,000 mg/d, is initiated with plans for debridement the following week. Two days later, Mr. S has a witnessed seizure; his VPA level is 9 mcg/mL.

A common question asked of pharmacists is, “Will protein binding changes affect drug dosages?” In this article, I describe how protein binding changes may occur, and the complexity of the dynamic. Being highly bound to a protein typically does not mean all medications will interact, but some interactions can be important. This article does not cover medications that bind to hormones.

Why is protein binding important? When a medication is bound to plasma protein, it is not free to act. There can be a delay in therapeutic effect (because no drug is available to react), delayed elimination, or possibly displacement of another protein-bound medication. Additionally, medications tend not to cross the blood-brain barrier or be eliminated when bound. For example, if a drug is 99% bound (leaving 1% free) and displacement now leaves 2% of the drug free, this event has doubled the amount of free drug. As the unbound medication is eliminated, the drug that is bound to the protein can act as a reservoir. A dynamic relationship exists between bound drug, unbound drug, and rate of elimination.

Which proteins do drugs commonly bind to? The proteins often associated with binding include albumin, alpha-1-acid glycoprotein (AAG), and lipoproteins. Albumin comprises 60% of total plasma protein in the plasma. Lipoproteins include very high-density lipoprotein (VHDL), high-density lipoprotein (HDL), very low-density lipoprotein (VLDL), and low-density lipoprotein (LDL).1 Medications that bind to lipoproteins include cyclosporine, tacrolimus, and propofol.2

Continued to: What common disease states can cause hypoalbuminemia?

 

 

What common disease states can cause hypoalbuminemia? Many disease states can result in low albumin levels. The most common ones are malnutrition, malignancies, stress, injury, burns, pregnancy, and diabetes.3 When there is less albumin to bind to, free drug levels may be increased.

Can AAG levels change with disease states as well? Because AAG accounts for a lower percentage of total plasma protein than albumin, there may be less clinical concern regarding AAG. AAG levels usually do not drop, but instead can become elevated during times of trauma, inflammation, and acute myocardial infarction. This could result in increased binding of the free drug.4Which medications bind to red blood cells (RBCs)? There are several locations for drugs to bind to RBCs, including to hemoglobin and the plasma membrane. Medications that commonly bind to RBCs include barbiturates, chlorpromazine, imipramine, and phenytoin.5

What are common highly-bound medications? The Table1 provides examples of medications that are >90% protein-bound. However, this information may be misleading because many medications are highly bound. Zhang et al1 compiled binding data for 222 drugs, half of which bind 90% to 100%. However, the literature does not indicate that they all have clinically significant interactions. Benet and Hoener6 discuss how factors other than protein binding affect potential drug interactions, and the complexity of the body’s ability to compensate for increased free drug. Medication characteristics that may contribute to producing a significant interaction include, but are not limited to:
  • free vs protein-bound drug in the plasma or tissue
  • volume of distribution
  • organs affected
  • hepatic bioavailability
  • drug clearance.

For example, VPA is 93% protein-bound and phenytoin is 91% protein-bound.1 However, this interaction is affected by more than just protein binding. VPA not only displaces the protein-bound phenytoin, but also inhibits its metabolism, which together result in increased free phenytoin levels.

Continued to: Another area of concern is a critically ill patient...

 

 

Another area of concern is a critically ill patient who has a change in his or her pH. Medications that are highly bound and have high clearance rates may be affected. This is of particular concern when prescribing antibiotics that are time-dependent, such as beta-lactams.3

What happened to Mr. S? Mr. S likely experienced a drug–drug interaction that resulted in a subtherapeutic VPA level and subsequent seizure. Case reports have shown evidence that the carbapenem class of antibiotics, which includes ertapenem, interacts with VPA.7 Proposed mechanisms include a lowering of VPA serum levels due to a redistribution of the VPA onto the RBCs due to carbapenem. Other theories include the possibility that carbapenems may limit oral VPA absorption, decrease VPA enterohepatic recirculation, and increase VPA metabolism.7 Using VPA and ertapenem together is discouraged because seizures have been reported among patients receiving this combination. If it is medically necessary to administer VPA and ertapenem, closely monitor VPA levels. In Mr. S’s case, another broad-spectrum antibiotic, such as piperacillin-tazobactam, could have been used, for his diabetic foot infection.

While many medications may have high protein binding, there are few clinically important known interactions. However, our understanding of the relationship between protein binding and drug interactions may improve with additional research.

CASE CONTINUED

Under neurology’s care, lacosamide is added for treatment of Mr. S’s seizures. No more seizures are noted during the remainder of his hospitalization. Infectious disease services change his antibiotic to piperacillin-tazobactam. Mr. S continues to progress well and is discharged to a rehabilitation center 2 days later.

Related Resource

Drug Brand Names
Amiodarone • Cordarone, Pacerone
Bumetanide • Bumex
Bupivacaine • Marcaine, Sensorcaine
Buprenorphine • Belbuca, Subutex
Ceftriaxone • Rocephin
Chlordiazepoxide • Librium
Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
Clozapine • Clozaril
Cyclosporine • Gengraf, Neoral
Diazepam • Valium
Doxycycline • Acticlate, Doryx
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Ertapenem • Invanz
Fluoxetine • Prozac, Sarafem
Furosemide • Lasix
Glargine (Insulin) • Lantus, Toujeo
Glipizide • Glucotrol
Haloperidol • Haldol
Ibuprofen • Advil, Motrin
Imipramine • Tofranil
Lacosamide • Vimpat
Lisinopril • Prinivil, Zestril
Lorazepam • Ativan
Nicardipine • Cardene
Nortriptyline • Pamelor
Paclitaxel • Abraxane, Taxol
Phenytoin • Dilantin, Phenytek
Piperacillin-tazobactam • Zosyn
Propofol • Diprivan
Sertraline • Zoloft
Tacrolimus • Prograf
Tamoxifen • Soltamox
Valproic acid • Depakene, Depakote
Verapamil • Calan, Verelan
Warfarin • Coumadin, Jantoven

References

1. Zhang F, Xue J, Shao J, et al. Compilation of 222 drugs’ plasma protein binding data and guidance for study designs. Drug Discov Today. 2012;17(9-10):475-485.
2. Mehvar R. Role of protein binding in pharmacokinetics. Am J Pharm Edu. 2005;69(5): Article 103;1-8.
3. Roberts JA, Pea F, Lipman J. The clinical relevance of plasma protein binding changes. Clin Pharmacokinet. 2013;52(1):1-8.
4. Schmidt S, Gonzalez D, Derendork H. Significance of protein binding in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. J Pharm Sci. 2010;99(3):1107-1122.
5. Hinderling P. Red blood cells: a neglected compartment in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Pharmacol Rev. 1997;49(3):279-295.
6. Benet LZ, Hoener B. Changes in plasma protein binding have little clinical relevance. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2002;71(3):115-121.
7. Park MK, Lim KS, Kim T, et al. Reduced valproic acid serum concentrations due to drug interactions with carbapenem antibiotics: overview of 6 cases. Ther Drug Monit. 2012;34(5):599-603.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Eichel is Clinical Pharmacist, UF Health Jacksonville, Jacksonville, Florida.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
38-41
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Eichel is Clinical Pharmacist, UF Health Jacksonville, Jacksonville, Florida.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Eichel is Clinical Pharmacist, UF Health Jacksonville, Jacksonville, Florida.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mr. S, age 47, weighs 209 lb and has a history of seizure disorder, bipolar disorder not otherwise specified, hypertension, and type 2 diabetes mellitus. He presents to the emergency department after not taking his medications for 2 days while on vacation. He has increased energy, decreased sleep, and pressured speech, and insists on walking for up to 10 hours per day “in preparation for a marathon,” even though he has a 4-cm foot ulcer. His family reports that he had been compliant with his medications until the present incident.

 

Mr. S has no known drug allergies. His medications include oral divalproex sodium delayed release (valproic acid [VPA]), 1,000 mg twice a day, oral lisinopril, 20 mg every morning, and insulin glargine, 22 units subcutaneously every evening.

A complete blood count, basic metabolic panel, creatine kinase level, VPA level, and urine drug screen are ordered. Relevant results include a serum creatinine level of 1.4 mg/dL (normal range: 0.6 to 1.2 mg/dL), a glucose serum level of 188 mg/dL (normal range: 70 to 100 mg/dL), and a VPA level of 23 mcg/mL (therapeutic range: 50 to 125 mcg/mL). A liver function panel is within normal limits: albumin level of 3.9 g/dL, aspartate aminotransferase level of 18 IU/L, and alanine aminotransferase level of 14 IU/L. In light of Mr. S’s seizure history, neurology is consulted and the decision is made to continue treating him with VPA because he has been seizure-free for 4.5 years and this medication has also helped with his bipolar disorder.

Mr. S is admitted to the hospital and his home medications are resumed at the current doses. On hospital Day 3, Mr. S’s VPA level is 62 mcg/mL, his obsession with a marathon has remitted, and his sleep pattern has normalized. Infectious disease and podiatry services are consulted for his diabetic foot infection, which has ulcerated down to the bone. IV ertapenem, 1,000 mg/d, is initiated with plans for debridement the following week. Two days later, Mr. S has a witnessed seizure; his VPA level is 9 mcg/mL.

A common question asked of pharmacists is, “Will protein binding changes affect drug dosages?” In this article, I describe how protein binding changes may occur, and the complexity of the dynamic. Being highly bound to a protein typically does not mean all medications will interact, but some interactions can be important. This article does not cover medications that bind to hormones.

Why is protein binding important? When a medication is bound to plasma protein, it is not free to act. There can be a delay in therapeutic effect (because no drug is available to react), delayed elimination, or possibly displacement of another protein-bound medication. Additionally, medications tend not to cross the blood-brain barrier or be eliminated when bound. For example, if a drug is 99% bound (leaving 1% free) and displacement now leaves 2% of the drug free, this event has doubled the amount of free drug. As the unbound medication is eliminated, the drug that is bound to the protein can act as a reservoir. A dynamic relationship exists between bound drug, unbound drug, and rate of elimination.

Which proteins do drugs commonly bind to? The proteins often associated with binding include albumin, alpha-1-acid glycoprotein (AAG), and lipoproteins. Albumin comprises 60% of total plasma protein in the plasma. Lipoproteins include very high-density lipoprotein (VHDL), high-density lipoprotein (HDL), very low-density lipoprotein (VLDL), and low-density lipoprotein (LDL).1 Medications that bind to lipoproteins include cyclosporine, tacrolimus, and propofol.2

Continued to: What common disease states can cause hypoalbuminemia?

 

 

What common disease states can cause hypoalbuminemia? Many disease states can result in low albumin levels. The most common ones are malnutrition, malignancies, stress, injury, burns, pregnancy, and diabetes.3 When there is less albumin to bind to, free drug levels may be increased.

Can AAG levels change with disease states as well? Because AAG accounts for a lower percentage of total plasma protein than albumin, there may be less clinical concern regarding AAG. AAG levels usually do not drop, but instead can become elevated during times of trauma, inflammation, and acute myocardial infarction. This could result in increased binding of the free drug.4Which medications bind to red blood cells (RBCs)? There are several locations for drugs to bind to RBCs, including to hemoglobin and the plasma membrane. Medications that commonly bind to RBCs include barbiturates, chlorpromazine, imipramine, and phenytoin.5

What are common highly-bound medications? The Table1 provides examples of medications that are >90% protein-bound. However, this information may be misleading because many medications are highly bound. Zhang et al1 compiled binding data for 222 drugs, half of which bind 90% to 100%. However, the literature does not indicate that they all have clinically significant interactions. Benet and Hoener6 discuss how factors other than protein binding affect potential drug interactions, and the complexity of the body’s ability to compensate for increased free drug. Medication characteristics that may contribute to producing a significant interaction include, but are not limited to:
  • free vs protein-bound drug in the plasma or tissue
  • volume of distribution
  • organs affected
  • hepatic bioavailability
  • drug clearance.

For example, VPA is 93% protein-bound and phenytoin is 91% protein-bound.1 However, this interaction is affected by more than just protein binding. VPA not only displaces the protein-bound phenytoin, but also inhibits its metabolism, which together result in increased free phenytoin levels.

Continued to: Another area of concern is a critically ill patient...

 

 

Another area of concern is a critically ill patient who has a change in his or her pH. Medications that are highly bound and have high clearance rates may be affected. This is of particular concern when prescribing antibiotics that are time-dependent, such as beta-lactams.3

What happened to Mr. S? Mr. S likely experienced a drug–drug interaction that resulted in a subtherapeutic VPA level and subsequent seizure. Case reports have shown evidence that the carbapenem class of antibiotics, which includes ertapenem, interacts with VPA.7 Proposed mechanisms include a lowering of VPA serum levels due to a redistribution of the VPA onto the RBCs due to carbapenem. Other theories include the possibility that carbapenems may limit oral VPA absorption, decrease VPA enterohepatic recirculation, and increase VPA metabolism.7 Using VPA and ertapenem together is discouraged because seizures have been reported among patients receiving this combination. If it is medically necessary to administer VPA and ertapenem, closely monitor VPA levels. In Mr. S’s case, another broad-spectrum antibiotic, such as piperacillin-tazobactam, could have been used, for his diabetic foot infection.

While many medications may have high protein binding, there are few clinically important known interactions. However, our understanding of the relationship between protein binding and drug interactions may improve with additional research.

CASE CONTINUED

Under neurology’s care, lacosamide is added for treatment of Mr. S’s seizures. No more seizures are noted during the remainder of his hospitalization. Infectious disease services change his antibiotic to piperacillin-tazobactam. Mr. S continues to progress well and is discharged to a rehabilitation center 2 days later.

Related Resource

Drug Brand Names
Amiodarone • Cordarone, Pacerone
Bumetanide • Bumex
Bupivacaine • Marcaine, Sensorcaine
Buprenorphine • Belbuca, Subutex
Ceftriaxone • Rocephin
Chlordiazepoxide • Librium
Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
Clozapine • Clozaril
Cyclosporine • Gengraf, Neoral
Diazepam • Valium
Doxycycline • Acticlate, Doryx
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Ertapenem • Invanz
Fluoxetine • Prozac, Sarafem
Furosemide • Lasix
Glargine (Insulin) • Lantus, Toujeo
Glipizide • Glucotrol
Haloperidol • Haldol
Ibuprofen • Advil, Motrin
Imipramine • Tofranil
Lacosamide • Vimpat
Lisinopril • Prinivil, Zestril
Lorazepam • Ativan
Nicardipine • Cardene
Nortriptyline • Pamelor
Paclitaxel • Abraxane, Taxol
Phenytoin • Dilantin, Phenytek
Piperacillin-tazobactam • Zosyn
Propofol • Diprivan
Sertraline • Zoloft
Tacrolimus • Prograf
Tamoxifen • Soltamox
Valproic acid • Depakene, Depakote
Verapamil • Calan, Verelan
Warfarin • Coumadin, Jantoven

Mr. S, age 47, weighs 209 lb and has a history of seizure disorder, bipolar disorder not otherwise specified, hypertension, and type 2 diabetes mellitus. He presents to the emergency department after not taking his medications for 2 days while on vacation. He has increased energy, decreased sleep, and pressured speech, and insists on walking for up to 10 hours per day “in preparation for a marathon,” even though he has a 4-cm foot ulcer. His family reports that he had been compliant with his medications until the present incident.

 

Mr. S has no known drug allergies. His medications include oral divalproex sodium delayed release (valproic acid [VPA]), 1,000 mg twice a day, oral lisinopril, 20 mg every morning, and insulin glargine, 22 units subcutaneously every evening.

A complete blood count, basic metabolic panel, creatine kinase level, VPA level, and urine drug screen are ordered. Relevant results include a serum creatinine level of 1.4 mg/dL (normal range: 0.6 to 1.2 mg/dL), a glucose serum level of 188 mg/dL (normal range: 70 to 100 mg/dL), and a VPA level of 23 mcg/mL (therapeutic range: 50 to 125 mcg/mL). A liver function panel is within normal limits: albumin level of 3.9 g/dL, aspartate aminotransferase level of 18 IU/L, and alanine aminotransferase level of 14 IU/L. In light of Mr. S’s seizure history, neurology is consulted and the decision is made to continue treating him with VPA because he has been seizure-free for 4.5 years and this medication has also helped with his bipolar disorder.

Mr. S is admitted to the hospital and his home medications are resumed at the current doses. On hospital Day 3, Mr. S’s VPA level is 62 mcg/mL, his obsession with a marathon has remitted, and his sleep pattern has normalized. Infectious disease and podiatry services are consulted for his diabetic foot infection, which has ulcerated down to the bone. IV ertapenem, 1,000 mg/d, is initiated with plans for debridement the following week. Two days later, Mr. S has a witnessed seizure; his VPA level is 9 mcg/mL.

A common question asked of pharmacists is, “Will protein binding changes affect drug dosages?” In this article, I describe how protein binding changes may occur, and the complexity of the dynamic. Being highly bound to a protein typically does not mean all medications will interact, but some interactions can be important. This article does not cover medications that bind to hormones.

Why is protein binding important? When a medication is bound to plasma protein, it is not free to act. There can be a delay in therapeutic effect (because no drug is available to react), delayed elimination, or possibly displacement of another protein-bound medication. Additionally, medications tend not to cross the blood-brain barrier or be eliminated when bound. For example, if a drug is 99% bound (leaving 1% free) and displacement now leaves 2% of the drug free, this event has doubled the amount of free drug. As the unbound medication is eliminated, the drug that is bound to the protein can act as a reservoir. A dynamic relationship exists between bound drug, unbound drug, and rate of elimination.

Which proteins do drugs commonly bind to? The proteins often associated with binding include albumin, alpha-1-acid glycoprotein (AAG), and lipoproteins. Albumin comprises 60% of total plasma protein in the plasma. Lipoproteins include very high-density lipoprotein (VHDL), high-density lipoprotein (HDL), very low-density lipoprotein (VLDL), and low-density lipoprotein (LDL).1 Medications that bind to lipoproteins include cyclosporine, tacrolimus, and propofol.2

Continued to: What common disease states can cause hypoalbuminemia?

 

 

What common disease states can cause hypoalbuminemia? Many disease states can result in low albumin levels. The most common ones are malnutrition, malignancies, stress, injury, burns, pregnancy, and diabetes.3 When there is less albumin to bind to, free drug levels may be increased.

Can AAG levels change with disease states as well? Because AAG accounts for a lower percentage of total plasma protein than albumin, there may be less clinical concern regarding AAG. AAG levels usually do not drop, but instead can become elevated during times of trauma, inflammation, and acute myocardial infarction. This could result in increased binding of the free drug.4Which medications bind to red blood cells (RBCs)? There are several locations for drugs to bind to RBCs, including to hemoglobin and the plasma membrane. Medications that commonly bind to RBCs include barbiturates, chlorpromazine, imipramine, and phenytoin.5

What are common highly-bound medications? The Table1 provides examples of medications that are >90% protein-bound. However, this information may be misleading because many medications are highly bound. Zhang et al1 compiled binding data for 222 drugs, half of which bind 90% to 100%. However, the literature does not indicate that they all have clinically significant interactions. Benet and Hoener6 discuss how factors other than protein binding affect potential drug interactions, and the complexity of the body’s ability to compensate for increased free drug. Medication characteristics that may contribute to producing a significant interaction include, but are not limited to:
  • free vs protein-bound drug in the plasma or tissue
  • volume of distribution
  • organs affected
  • hepatic bioavailability
  • drug clearance.

For example, VPA is 93% protein-bound and phenytoin is 91% protein-bound.1 However, this interaction is affected by more than just protein binding. VPA not only displaces the protein-bound phenytoin, but also inhibits its metabolism, which together result in increased free phenytoin levels.

Continued to: Another area of concern is a critically ill patient...

 

 

Another area of concern is a critically ill patient who has a change in his or her pH. Medications that are highly bound and have high clearance rates may be affected. This is of particular concern when prescribing antibiotics that are time-dependent, such as beta-lactams.3

What happened to Mr. S? Mr. S likely experienced a drug–drug interaction that resulted in a subtherapeutic VPA level and subsequent seizure. Case reports have shown evidence that the carbapenem class of antibiotics, which includes ertapenem, interacts with VPA.7 Proposed mechanisms include a lowering of VPA serum levels due to a redistribution of the VPA onto the RBCs due to carbapenem. Other theories include the possibility that carbapenems may limit oral VPA absorption, decrease VPA enterohepatic recirculation, and increase VPA metabolism.7 Using VPA and ertapenem together is discouraged because seizures have been reported among patients receiving this combination. If it is medically necessary to administer VPA and ertapenem, closely monitor VPA levels. In Mr. S’s case, another broad-spectrum antibiotic, such as piperacillin-tazobactam, could have been used, for his diabetic foot infection.

While many medications may have high protein binding, there are few clinically important known interactions. However, our understanding of the relationship between protein binding and drug interactions may improve with additional research.

CASE CONTINUED

Under neurology’s care, lacosamide is added for treatment of Mr. S’s seizures. No more seizures are noted during the remainder of his hospitalization. Infectious disease services change his antibiotic to piperacillin-tazobactam. Mr. S continues to progress well and is discharged to a rehabilitation center 2 days later.

Related Resource

Drug Brand Names
Amiodarone • Cordarone, Pacerone
Bumetanide • Bumex
Bupivacaine • Marcaine, Sensorcaine
Buprenorphine • Belbuca, Subutex
Ceftriaxone • Rocephin
Chlordiazepoxide • Librium
Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
Clozapine • Clozaril
Cyclosporine • Gengraf, Neoral
Diazepam • Valium
Doxycycline • Acticlate, Doryx
Duloxetine • Cymbalta
Ertapenem • Invanz
Fluoxetine • Prozac, Sarafem
Furosemide • Lasix
Glargine (Insulin) • Lantus, Toujeo
Glipizide • Glucotrol
Haloperidol • Haldol
Ibuprofen • Advil, Motrin
Imipramine • Tofranil
Lacosamide • Vimpat
Lisinopril • Prinivil, Zestril
Lorazepam • Ativan
Nicardipine • Cardene
Nortriptyline • Pamelor
Paclitaxel • Abraxane, Taxol
Phenytoin • Dilantin, Phenytek
Piperacillin-tazobactam • Zosyn
Propofol • Diprivan
Sertraline • Zoloft
Tacrolimus • Prograf
Tamoxifen • Soltamox
Valproic acid • Depakene, Depakote
Verapamil • Calan, Verelan
Warfarin • Coumadin, Jantoven

References

1. Zhang F, Xue J, Shao J, et al. Compilation of 222 drugs’ plasma protein binding data and guidance for study designs. Drug Discov Today. 2012;17(9-10):475-485.
2. Mehvar R. Role of protein binding in pharmacokinetics. Am J Pharm Edu. 2005;69(5): Article 103;1-8.
3. Roberts JA, Pea F, Lipman J. The clinical relevance of plasma protein binding changes. Clin Pharmacokinet. 2013;52(1):1-8.
4. Schmidt S, Gonzalez D, Derendork H. Significance of protein binding in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. J Pharm Sci. 2010;99(3):1107-1122.
5. Hinderling P. Red blood cells: a neglected compartment in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Pharmacol Rev. 1997;49(3):279-295.
6. Benet LZ, Hoener B. Changes in plasma protein binding have little clinical relevance. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2002;71(3):115-121.
7. Park MK, Lim KS, Kim T, et al. Reduced valproic acid serum concentrations due to drug interactions with carbapenem antibiotics: overview of 6 cases. Ther Drug Monit. 2012;34(5):599-603.

References

1. Zhang F, Xue J, Shao J, et al. Compilation of 222 drugs’ plasma protein binding data and guidance for study designs. Drug Discov Today. 2012;17(9-10):475-485.
2. Mehvar R. Role of protein binding in pharmacokinetics. Am J Pharm Edu. 2005;69(5): Article 103;1-8.
3. Roberts JA, Pea F, Lipman J. The clinical relevance of plasma protein binding changes. Clin Pharmacokinet. 2013;52(1):1-8.
4. Schmidt S, Gonzalez D, Derendork H. Significance of protein binding in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. J Pharm Sci. 2010;99(3):1107-1122.
5. Hinderling P. Red blood cells: a neglected compartment in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Pharmacol Rev. 1997;49(3):279-295.
6. Benet LZ, Hoener B. Changes in plasma protein binding have little clinical relevance. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2002;71(3):115-121.
7. Park MK, Lim KS, Kim T, et al. Reduced valproic acid serum concentrations due to drug interactions with carbapenem antibiotics: overview of 6 cases. Ther Drug Monit. 2012;34(5):599-603.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
38-41
Page Number
38-41
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Protein binding changes and drug interactions: What do we know?
Display Headline
Protein binding changes and drug interactions: What do we know?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Unrelenting depression: ‘I would rather be dead than feel this way’

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 03/04/2019 - 15:40
Display Headline
Unrelenting depression: ‘I would rather be dead than feel this way’

CASE Suicidal ideation, flare-up of ulcerative colitis

Mr. J, age 56, who has a history of major depressive disorder (MDD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), and ulcerative colitis (UC), presents to the emergency department (ED) with suicidal ideation and a plan to overdose on his medications. He reports no current emotional or financial stressors in his personal life. Home medications documented at the time of his arrival to the ED include sertraline, 100 mg/d, bupropion, 150 mg/d, buspirone, 10 mg 3 times daily, diazepam 10 mg 3 times daily, as needed, adalimumab, 40 mg IM every 2 weeks, and diphenhydramine, 50 mg every night.

A recent flare-up of UC resulted in Mr. J being placed on a 15-week prednisone taper, beginning at 80 mg/d and decreasing by 5 mg weekly, which was completed 2 weeks before he presented to the ED. After completing the prednisone taper, Mr. J went to his primary care physician (PCP) on 3 separate occasions due to episodes of severe depression. Although the PCP prescribed multiple medications to target Mr. J’s depressive symptoms, he continued to decline.

Subsequently, Mr. J came to the ED and is admitted to the psychiatric unit for safety and stabilization. Upon admission, Mr. J becomes bedridden, and reports that his current depressive episode is the most severe that he has ever experienced in his more than 30 years of having MDD. He says that neither bupropion nor buspirone are helping with his depression, anxiety, or any related symptom.

[polldaddy:10120537]

The authors’ observations

At admission, all of Mr. J’s home medications, except sertraline and adalimumab, which had been prescribed to treat UC (Box1,2), were discontinued. His diazepam was discontinued because the clinician felt it may have been contributing to Mr. J’s inability to walk or get out of bed. Diazepam was not tapered because it was initiated 7 days prior to admission and was thought to be exacerbating his depression and suicidal ideation. Bupropion and buspirone, which were initiated 2 weeks prior, were discontinued because Mr. J reported that neither medication was helping with his depression, anxiety, or any related symptom.

 

Box

Ulcerative colitis and depressive episodes


Ulcerative colitis (UC) is a chronic condition associated with inflammation in the colon causing extreme abdominal discomfort during acute flare-ups. Moderate to severe UC flare-ups are commonly treated with corticosteroids due to these medications’ anti-inflammatory properties. Although rare, corticosteroid withdrawal has been documented to induce episodes of depression. The pathophysiology of corticosteroid withdrawal inducing neuropsychiatric sequelae remains unclear; however, it is thought to be due to hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical suppression.1 Fardet et al2 concluded that incident rates per 100 person-years at risk during the withdrawal period were 11.1 (95% confidence interval, 10.0, 12.3) for depression.


EVALUATION Poor appetite, anxiety, and continued suicidality

During evaluation, vital signs, laboratory findings, and diagnostic testing are found to be unremarkable. Mr. J’s presentation and complaints are entirely subjective, and include poor appetite, fatigue, difficulty sleeping, sorrow, anxiety, and continued suicidality. Mr. J reports that he feels miserable, which is reflected by his poor eye contact, soft speech, and body language.

Continued to: The authors' observations

 

 

The authors’ observations

MDD is a mood disorder characterized by depressed mood and/or loss of interest or pleasure for more than 2 weeks.3 First-line pharmacotherapy for MDD includes monotherapy with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI), serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI), mirtazapine, or bupropion.4 Medication selection is typically based on patient-specific factors, adverse effect profile, drug–drug interactions, and cost. Other treatments include electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) or cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT).4,5 Augmentation agents, such as second-generation antipsychotics, lithium, thyroid hormone supplementation, buspirone, anticonvulsants, and combinations of antidepressants, may also be considered.4

TREATMENT Condition worsens

On Day 2 of hospitalization, Mr. J is started on aripiprazole, 5 mg/d, clonazepam, 1 mg twice daily, and melatonin, 5 mg, each night for sleep. Aripiprazole, 5 mg/d, is initiated as an adjunct to sertraline for MDD because Mr. J reports feeling much worse and continues to report that he would “rather die than feel this way.” Mr. J begins to believe that his current state is his new baseline, and that feeling better is no longer possible.

On Day 3 of hospitalization, records are obtained from a clinician at an outside facility who previously treated Mr. J; this clinician suspected Mr. J may have bipolar disorder. On Days 3 and 5 of hospitalization, aripiprazole is titrated to 10 mg/d, and then to 20 mg/d, respectively. On Day 6, sertraline is increased to 150 mg/d because Mr. J continues to report low mood and limited sleep and is less and less interactive during interviews. He remains suicidal, and because bipolar depression is suspected (although this is not a clear diagnosis in his records), a trial of divalproex sodium, 250 mg twice daily, is initiated on Day 6.

By Day 8 of hospitalization, there is no notable change in Mr. J’s depressive symptoms. On Day 9, sertraline is increased to 200 mg/d, with little improvement from Mr. J’s perspective. The multidisciplinary team evaluates him, and when directly asked, Mr. J cites his 4 greatest complaints to be poor sleep, fatigue, no appetite, and depressed mood. Once again, he states, “I would rather be dead than go on feeling this way.”

[polldaddy:10120587]

The authors’ observations

Due to Mr. J’s severe, unrelenting depressive episode, the treatment team obtained his informed consent to undergo ECT. On Day 9, before initiating ECT, the pharmacist recommended mirtazapine, even though the patient weighed almost 89 kg (196.21 lb) and had a body mass index of 27.8 kg/m2. The treatment team thought that mirtazapine augmentation could potentially help the sertraline work more quickly while targeting Mr. J’s 4 greatest complaints.

Mirtazapine is a central alpha-2 antagonist or noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressant (NaSSA) that works through antagonism of the presynaptic alpha-2 adrenergic receptors to indirectly regulate release of monoamines and increase the release of serotonin and norepinephrine.6 Additionally, mirtazapine has antagonist actions at 5HT2A, 5HT2C, 5HT3, and histamine-1 receptors.6 Potential adverse effects include drowsiness and increased appetite leading to weight gain.7 Mirtazapine’s therapeutic efficacy is similar to SSRIs for treating depression.4 Mirtazapine in combination with an SNRI has been referred to as “California rocket fuel” due to the theoretical pharmacologic synergy and resulting strong antidepressant action.6 It was hypothesized that similar effects could be seen by augmenting the SSRI sertraline with mirtazapine.

Continued to: The time to efficacy with mirtazapine...


 

 

The time to efficacy with mirtazapine is approximately 2 to 4 weeks, but anxiety symptoms and poor sleep or insomnia may improve in the first week.8 Studies have suggested the possibility of a more rapid onset of efficacy with mirtazapine than with SSRIs, as well as potential response acceleration in MDD and other psychiatric illnesses such as anxiety disorders or obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD).9,10 A review that included several double-blind studies and compared mirtazapine with SSRIs found the amount of responders with persistent improvement with onset in Week 1 was more pronounced with mirtazapine.9

Augmenting an SSRI with mirtazapine is a potential therapeutic option because it can help boost the efficacy of the prescribed SSRI while enhancing appetite and blunting the activating or anxiety-like effects of some SSRIs, which may help with relaxation and sleep.4 The combination of an SSRI plus mirtazapine has been studied in patients with MDD, posttraumatic stress disorder, and OCD; it was found to improve symptoms of those conditions due to the medications’ complementary mechanisms of action.4,11-13 Also, mirtazapine has been shown to decrease the rates of relapse after an acute phase of depression.4,14

OUTCOME Rapid improvement


On Day 9, Mr. J receives the first dose of mirtazapine, 7.5 mg at bedtime. On Day 10, when Mr. J wakes, his mood is notably improved. He is more interactive (sitting up in bed reading and making eye contact with the staff during an interview), and he reports improved sleep and eats most of his breakfast.

After receiving 3 doses of mirtazapine, Mr. J reports that he feels back to his normal self; he is interactive, alert, and eating well. Due to the rapid improvement in mood, ECT is discontinued, and he does not receive any ECT treatment during the remainder of his hospitalization.

On Day 11, divalproex is discontinued. Because Mr. J receives only 5 days of therapy with this agent, his divalproex level is not checked. At this point, the treatment team feels confident in ruling out bipolar disorder.

On Day 15, Mr. J is discharged with sertraline, 200 mg/d, mirtazapine, 7.5 mg/d at 7 pm, aripiprazole, 20 mg/d, clonazepam, 1 mg twice daily as needed for anxiety, melatonin 5 mg/d, and adalimumab, 40 mg IM every 2 weeks. Discharge instructions include a follow-up in 2 weeks to evaluate continuation strategies for the discharge medications.

Ten months after his depressive episode, Mr. J has had no further admissions at the hospital where he received the treatment described here.

 

Bottom Line

Evidence for the treatment of major depressive disorder induced by corticosteroid withdrawal is limited. Despite trials of agents from multiple medication classes, the depressive episode may not improve. Adding mirtazapine to a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor or serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor may prove successful.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names
Adalimumab • Humira
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Buspirone • Buspar
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Diazepam • Valium
Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
Divalproex • Depakote, Depakote ER
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Prednisone • Deltasone
Sertraline • Zoloft

References

1. Dixon R, Christy N. On the various forms of corticosteroid withdrawal syndrome. Am J Med. 1980;68(2):224-30.
2. Fardet L, Petersen I, Nazareth I. Suicidal behavior and severe neuropsychiatric disorders following glucocorticoid therapy in primary care. Am J Psychiatry. 2012;169(5):491-497.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depressive disorder, 3rd ed. Arlington Virginia: American Psychiatric Association. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/mdd.pdf. Published October 2010. Accessed March 15, 2017.
5. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) Clinical Guideline 90. Depression in adults: recognition and management. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg90. Accessed March 15, 2017.
6. Stahl SM. Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology: neuroscientific basis and practical applications, 4th ed. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; 2013;317-322; 363-364.
7. Remeron [package insert]. Whitehouse Station, NJ: Merck & Co., Inc.; 2018.
8. Gorman JM. Mirtazapine: clinical overview. J Clin Psychiatry. 1999;60(suppl 17):9-13; discussion 46-48.
9. Quitkin FM, Taylor BP, Kremer C. Does mirtazapine have a more rapid onset than SSRIs? J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(5):358-361.
10. Pallanti S, Quercioli L, Bruscoli M. Response acceleration with mirtazapine augmentation of citalopram in obsessive-compulsive disorder patients without comorbid depression: a pilot study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(10):1394-1399.
11. Blier P, Gobbi G, Turcotte JE, et al. Mirtazapine and paroxetine in major depression: a comparison of monotherapy versus their combination from treatment initiation. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(7):457-465.
12. Blier P, Ward HE, Tremblay P, et al. Combination of antidepressant medications from treatment initiation for major depressive disorder: a double-blind randomized study. Am J Psychiatry. 2010;167(3):281-288.
13. Carpenter LL, Yasmin S, Price LH. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of antidepressant augmentation with mirtazapine. Biol Psychiatry. 2002;51(2):183-188.
14. Schneier FR, Campeas R, Carcamo J, et al. Combined mirtazapine and SSRI treatment of PTSD: a placebo-controlled trial. Depress Anxiety. 2015;32(8):570-579.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Vickery is Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Practice, Wingate University School of Pharmacy, Hendersonville Health Science Center, Hendersonville, North Carolina. Dr. Morrisette is a PGY2 Infectious Disease Pharmacy Resident, University of Colorado Skaggs School of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, Aurora, Colorado. Mr. J, age 56, presents to the ED with suicidal ideation. He reports that his current depressive episode is the most severe he’s ever experienced. How would you approach his treatment?

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
48-51
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Vickery is Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Practice, Wingate University School of Pharmacy, Hendersonville Health Science Center, Hendersonville, North Carolina. Dr. Morrisette is a PGY2 Infectious Disease Pharmacy Resident, University of Colorado Skaggs School of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, Aurora, Colorado. Mr. J, age 56, presents to the ED with suicidal ideation. He reports that his current depressive episode is the most severe he’s ever experienced. How would you approach his treatment?

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Vickery is Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Practice, Wingate University School of Pharmacy, Hendersonville Health Science Center, Hendersonville, North Carolina. Dr. Morrisette is a PGY2 Infectious Disease Pharmacy Resident, University of Colorado Skaggs School of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, Aurora, Colorado. Mr. J, age 56, presents to the ED with suicidal ideation. He reports that his current depressive episode is the most severe he’s ever experienced. How would you approach his treatment?

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

CASE Suicidal ideation, flare-up of ulcerative colitis

Mr. J, age 56, who has a history of major depressive disorder (MDD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), and ulcerative colitis (UC), presents to the emergency department (ED) with suicidal ideation and a plan to overdose on his medications. He reports no current emotional or financial stressors in his personal life. Home medications documented at the time of his arrival to the ED include sertraline, 100 mg/d, bupropion, 150 mg/d, buspirone, 10 mg 3 times daily, diazepam 10 mg 3 times daily, as needed, adalimumab, 40 mg IM every 2 weeks, and diphenhydramine, 50 mg every night.

A recent flare-up of UC resulted in Mr. J being placed on a 15-week prednisone taper, beginning at 80 mg/d and decreasing by 5 mg weekly, which was completed 2 weeks before he presented to the ED. After completing the prednisone taper, Mr. J went to his primary care physician (PCP) on 3 separate occasions due to episodes of severe depression. Although the PCP prescribed multiple medications to target Mr. J’s depressive symptoms, he continued to decline.

Subsequently, Mr. J came to the ED and is admitted to the psychiatric unit for safety and stabilization. Upon admission, Mr. J becomes bedridden, and reports that his current depressive episode is the most severe that he has ever experienced in his more than 30 years of having MDD. He says that neither bupropion nor buspirone are helping with his depression, anxiety, or any related symptom.

[polldaddy:10120537]

The authors’ observations

At admission, all of Mr. J’s home medications, except sertraline and adalimumab, which had been prescribed to treat UC (Box1,2), were discontinued. His diazepam was discontinued because the clinician felt it may have been contributing to Mr. J’s inability to walk or get out of bed. Diazepam was not tapered because it was initiated 7 days prior to admission and was thought to be exacerbating his depression and suicidal ideation. Bupropion and buspirone, which were initiated 2 weeks prior, were discontinued because Mr. J reported that neither medication was helping with his depression, anxiety, or any related symptom.

 

Box

Ulcerative colitis and depressive episodes


Ulcerative colitis (UC) is a chronic condition associated with inflammation in the colon causing extreme abdominal discomfort during acute flare-ups. Moderate to severe UC flare-ups are commonly treated with corticosteroids due to these medications’ anti-inflammatory properties. Although rare, corticosteroid withdrawal has been documented to induce episodes of depression. The pathophysiology of corticosteroid withdrawal inducing neuropsychiatric sequelae remains unclear; however, it is thought to be due to hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical suppression.1 Fardet et al2 concluded that incident rates per 100 person-years at risk during the withdrawal period were 11.1 (95% confidence interval, 10.0, 12.3) for depression.


EVALUATION Poor appetite, anxiety, and continued suicidality

During evaluation, vital signs, laboratory findings, and diagnostic testing are found to be unremarkable. Mr. J’s presentation and complaints are entirely subjective, and include poor appetite, fatigue, difficulty sleeping, sorrow, anxiety, and continued suicidality. Mr. J reports that he feels miserable, which is reflected by his poor eye contact, soft speech, and body language.

Continued to: The authors' observations

 

 

The authors’ observations

MDD is a mood disorder characterized by depressed mood and/or loss of interest or pleasure for more than 2 weeks.3 First-line pharmacotherapy for MDD includes monotherapy with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI), serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI), mirtazapine, or bupropion.4 Medication selection is typically based on patient-specific factors, adverse effect profile, drug–drug interactions, and cost. Other treatments include electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) or cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT).4,5 Augmentation agents, such as second-generation antipsychotics, lithium, thyroid hormone supplementation, buspirone, anticonvulsants, and combinations of antidepressants, may also be considered.4

TREATMENT Condition worsens

On Day 2 of hospitalization, Mr. J is started on aripiprazole, 5 mg/d, clonazepam, 1 mg twice daily, and melatonin, 5 mg, each night for sleep. Aripiprazole, 5 mg/d, is initiated as an adjunct to sertraline for MDD because Mr. J reports feeling much worse and continues to report that he would “rather die than feel this way.” Mr. J begins to believe that his current state is his new baseline, and that feeling better is no longer possible.

On Day 3 of hospitalization, records are obtained from a clinician at an outside facility who previously treated Mr. J; this clinician suspected Mr. J may have bipolar disorder. On Days 3 and 5 of hospitalization, aripiprazole is titrated to 10 mg/d, and then to 20 mg/d, respectively. On Day 6, sertraline is increased to 150 mg/d because Mr. J continues to report low mood and limited sleep and is less and less interactive during interviews. He remains suicidal, and because bipolar depression is suspected (although this is not a clear diagnosis in his records), a trial of divalproex sodium, 250 mg twice daily, is initiated on Day 6.

By Day 8 of hospitalization, there is no notable change in Mr. J’s depressive symptoms. On Day 9, sertraline is increased to 200 mg/d, with little improvement from Mr. J’s perspective. The multidisciplinary team evaluates him, and when directly asked, Mr. J cites his 4 greatest complaints to be poor sleep, fatigue, no appetite, and depressed mood. Once again, he states, “I would rather be dead than go on feeling this way.”

[polldaddy:10120587]

The authors’ observations

Due to Mr. J’s severe, unrelenting depressive episode, the treatment team obtained his informed consent to undergo ECT. On Day 9, before initiating ECT, the pharmacist recommended mirtazapine, even though the patient weighed almost 89 kg (196.21 lb) and had a body mass index of 27.8 kg/m2. The treatment team thought that mirtazapine augmentation could potentially help the sertraline work more quickly while targeting Mr. J’s 4 greatest complaints.

Mirtazapine is a central alpha-2 antagonist or noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressant (NaSSA) that works through antagonism of the presynaptic alpha-2 adrenergic receptors to indirectly regulate release of monoamines and increase the release of serotonin and norepinephrine.6 Additionally, mirtazapine has antagonist actions at 5HT2A, 5HT2C, 5HT3, and histamine-1 receptors.6 Potential adverse effects include drowsiness and increased appetite leading to weight gain.7 Mirtazapine’s therapeutic efficacy is similar to SSRIs for treating depression.4 Mirtazapine in combination with an SNRI has been referred to as “California rocket fuel” due to the theoretical pharmacologic synergy and resulting strong antidepressant action.6 It was hypothesized that similar effects could be seen by augmenting the SSRI sertraline with mirtazapine.

Continued to: The time to efficacy with mirtazapine...


 

 

The time to efficacy with mirtazapine is approximately 2 to 4 weeks, but anxiety symptoms and poor sleep or insomnia may improve in the first week.8 Studies have suggested the possibility of a more rapid onset of efficacy with mirtazapine than with SSRIs, as well as potential response acceleration in MDD and other psychiatric illnesses such as anxiety disorders or obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD).9,10 A review that included several double-blind studies and compared mirtazapine with SSRIs found the amount of responders with persistent improvement with onset in Week 1 was more pronounced with mirtazapine.9

Augmenting an SSRI with mirtazapine is a potential therapeutic option because it can help boost the efficacy of the prescribed SSRI while enhancing appetite and blunting the activating or anxiety-like effects of some SSRIs, which may help with relaxation and sleep.4 The combination of an SSRI plus mirtazapine has been studied in patients with MDD, posttraumatic stress disorder, and OCD; it was found to improve symptoms of those conditions due to the medications’ complementary mechanisms of action.4,11-13 Also, mirtazapine has been shown to decrease the rates of relapse after an acute phase of depression.4,14

OUTCOME Rapid improvement


On Day 9, Mr. J receives the first dose of mirtazapine, 7.5 mg at bedtime. On Day 10, when Mr. J wakes, his mood is notably improved. He is more interactive (sitting up in bed reading and making eye contact with the staff during an interview), and he reports improved sleep and eats most of his breakfast.

After receiving 3 doses of mirtazapine, Mr. J reports that he feels back to his normal self; he is interactive, alert, and eating well. Due to the rapid improvement in mood, ECT is discontinued, and he does not receive any ECT treatment during the remainder of his hospitalization.

On Day 11, divalproex is discontinued. Because Mr. J receives only 5 days of therapy with this agent, his divalproex level is not checked. At this point, the treatment team feels confident in ruling out bipolar disorder.

On Day 15, Mr. J is discharged with sertraline, 200 mg/d, mirtazapine, 7.5 mg/d at 7 pm, aripiprazole, 20 mg/d, clonazepam, 1 mg twice daily as needed for anxiety, melatonin 5 mg/d, and adalimumab, 40 mg IM every 2 weeks. Discharge instructions include a follow-up in 2 weeks to evaluate continuation strategies for the discharge medications.

Ten months after his depressive episode, Mr. J has had no further admissions at the hospital where he received the treatment described here.

 

Bottom Line

Evidence for the treatment of major depressive disorder induced by corticosteroid withdrawal is limited. Despite trials of agents from multiple medication classes, the depressive episode may not improve. Adding mirtazapine to a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor or serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor may prove successful.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names
Adalimumab • Humira
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Buspirone • Buspar
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Diazepam • Valium
Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
Divalproex • Depakote, Depakote ER
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Prednisone • Deltasone
Sertraline • Zoloft

CASE Suicidal ideation, flare-up of ulcerative colitis

Mr. J, age 56, who has a history of major depressive disorder (MDD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), and ulcerative colitis (UC), presents to the emergency department (ED) with suicidal ideation and a plan to overdose on his medications. He reports no current emotional or financial stressors in his personal life. Home medications documented at the time of his arrival to the ED include sertraline, 100 mg/d, bupropion, 150 mg/d, buspirone, 10 mg 3 times daily, diazepam 10 mg 3 times daily, as needed, adalimumab, 40 mg IM every 2 weeks, and diphenhydramine, 50 mg every night.

A recent flare-up of UC resulted in Mr. J being placed on a 15-week prednisone taper, beginning at 80 mg/d and decreasing by 5 mg weekly, which was completed 2 weeks before he presented to the ED. After completing the prednisone taper, Mr. J went to his primary care physician (PCP) on 3 separate occasions due to episodes of severe depression. Although the PCP prescribed multiple medications to target Mr. J’s depressive symptoms, he continued to decline.

Subsequently, Mr. J came to the ED and is admitted to the psychiatric unit for safety and stabilization. Upon admission, Mr. J becomes bedridden, and reports that his current depressive episode is the most severe that he has ever experienced in his more than 30 years of having MDD. He says that neither bupropion nor buspirone are helping with his depression, anxiety, or any related symptom.

[polldaddy:10120537]

The authors’ observations

At admission, all of Mr. J’s home medications, except sertraline and adalimumab, which had been prescribed to treat UC (Box1,2), were discontinued. His diazepam was discontinued because the clinician felt it may have been contributing to Mr. J’s inability to walk or get out of bed. Diazepam was not tapered because it was initiated 7 days prior to admission and was thought to be exacerbating his depression and suicidal ideation. Bupropion and buspirone, which were initiated 2 weeks prior, were discontinued because Mr. J reported that neither medication was helping with his depression, anxiety, or any related symptom.

 

Box

Ulcerative colitis and depressive episodes


Ulcerative colitis (UC) is a chronic condition associated with inflammation in the colon causing extreme abdominal discomfort during acute flare-ups. Moderate to severe UC flare-ups are commonly treated with corticosteroids due to these medications’ anti-inflammatory properties. Although rare, corticosteroid withdrawal has been documented to induce episodes of depression. The pathophysiology of corticosteroid withdrawal inducing neuropsychiatric sequelae remains unclear; however, it is thought to be due to hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical suppression.1 Fardet et al2 concluded that incident rates per 100 person-years at risk during the withdrawal period were 11.1 (95% confidence interval, 10.0, 12.3) for depression.


EVALUATION Poor appetite, anxiety, and continued suicidality

During evaluation, vital signs, laboratory findings, and diagnostic testing are found to be unremarkable. Mr. J’s presentation and complaints are entirely subjective, and include poor appetite, fatigue, difficulty sleeping, sorrow, anxiety, and continued suicidality. Mr. J reports that he feels miserable, which is reflected by his poor eye contact, soft speech, and body language.

Continued to: The authors' observations

 

 

The authors’ observations

MDD is a mood disorder characterized by depressed mood and/or loss of interest or pleasure for more than 2 weeks.3 First-line pharmacotherapy for MDD includes monotherapy with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI), serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI), mirtazapine, or bupropion.4 Medication selection is typically based on patient-specific factors, adverse effect profile, drug–drug interactions, and cost. Other treatments include electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) or cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT).4,5 Augmentation agents, such as second-generation antipsychotics, lithium, thyroid hormone supplementation, buspirone, anticonvulsants, and combinations of antidepressants, may also be considered.4

TREATMENT Condition worsens

On Day 2 of hospitalization, Mr. J is started on aripiprazole, 5 mg/d, clonazepam, 1 mg twice daily, and melatonin, 5 mg, each night for sleep. Aripiprazole, 5 mg/d, is initiated as an adjunct to sertraline for MDD because Mr. J reports feeling much worse and continues to report that he would “rather die than feel this way.” Mr. J begins to believe that his current state is his new baseline, and that feeling better is no longer possible.

On Day 3 of hospitalization, records are obtained from a clinician at an outside facility who previously treated Mr. J; this clinician suspected Mr. J may have bipolar disorder. On Days 3 and 5 of hospitalization, aripiprazole is titrated to 10 mg/d, and then to 20 mg/d, respectively. On Day 6, sertraline is increased to 150 mg/d because Mr. J continues to report low mood and limited sleep and is less and less interactive during interviews. He remains suicidal, and because bipolar depression is suspected (although this is not a clear diagnosis in his records), a trial of divalproex sodium, 250 mg twice daily, is initiated on Day 6.

By Day 8 of hospitalization, there is no notable change in Mr. J’s depressive symptoms. On Day 9, sertraline is increased to 200 mg/d, with little improvement from Mr. J’s perspective. The multidisciplinary team evaluates him, and when directly asked, Mr. J cites his 4 greatest complaints to be poor sleep, fatigue, no appetite, and depressed mood. Once again, he states, “I would rather be dead than go on feeling this way.”

[polldaddy:10120587]

The authors’ observations

Due to Mr. J’s severe, unrelenting depressive episode, the treatment team obtained his informed consent to undergo ECT. On Day 9, before initiating ECT, the pharmacist recommended mirtazapine, even though the patient weighed almost 89 kg (196.21 lb) and had a body mass index of 27.8 kg/m2. The treatment team thought that mirtazapine augmentation could potentially help the sertraline work more quickly while targeting Mr. J’s 4 greatest complaints.

Mirtazapine is a central alpha-2 antagonist or noradrenergic and specific serotonergic antidepressant (NaSSA) that works through antagonism of the presynaptic alpha-2 adrenergic receptors to indirectly regulate release of monoamines and increase the release of serotonin and norepinephrine.6 Additionally, mirtazapine has antagonist actions at 5HT2A, 5HT2C, 5HT3, and histamine-1 receptors.6 Potential adverse effects include drowsiness and increased appetite leading to weight gain.7 Mirtazapine’s therapeutic efficacy is similar to SSRIs for treating depression.4 Mirtazapine in combination with an SNRI has been referred to as “California rocket fuel” due to the theoretical pharmacologic synergy and resulting strong antidepressant action.6 It was hypothesized that similar effects could be seen by augmenting the SSRI sertraline with mirtazapine.

Continued to: The time to efficacy with mirtazapine...


 

 

The time to efficacy with mirtazapine is approximately 2 to 4 weeks, but anxiety symptoms and poor sleep or insomnia may improve in the first week.8 Studies have suggested the possibility of a more rapid onset of efficacy with mirtazapine than with SSRIs, as well as potential response acceleration in MDD and other psychiatric illnesses such as anxiety disorders or obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD).9,10 A review that included several double-blind studies and compared mirtazapine with SSRIs found the amount of responders with persistent improvement with onset in Week 1 was more pronounced with mirtazapine.9

Augmenting an SSRI with mirtazapine is a potential therapeutic option because it can help boost the efficacy of the prescribed SSRI while enhancing appetite and blunting the activating or anxiety-like effects of some SSRIs, which may help with relaxation and sleep.4 The combination of an SSRI plus mirtazapine has been studied in patients with MDD, posttraumatic stress disorder, and OCD; it was found to improve symptoms of those conditions due to the medications’ complementary mechanisms of action.4,11-13 Also, mirtazapine has been shown to decrease the rates of relapse after an acute phase of depression.4,14

OUTCOME Rapid improvement


On Day 9, Mr. J receives the first dose of mirtazapine, 7.5 mg at bedtime. On Day 10, when Mr. J wakes, his mood is notably improved. He is more interactive (sitting up in bed reading and making eye contact with the staff during an interview), and he reports improved sleep and eats most of his breakfast.

After receiving 3 doses of mirtazapine, Mr. J reports that he feels back to his normal self; he is interactive, alert, and eating well. Due to the rapid improvement in mood, ECT is discontinued, and he does not receive any ECT treatment during the remainder of his hospitalization.

On Day 11, divalproex is discontinued. Because Mr. J receives only 5 days of therapy with this agent, his divalproex level is not checked. At this point, the treatment team feels confident in ruling out bipolar disorder.

On Day 15, Mr. J is discharged with sertraline, 200 mg/d, mirtazapine, 7.5 mg/d at 7 pm, aripiprazole, 20 mg/d, clonazepam, 1 mg twice daily as needed for anxiety, melatonin 5 mg/d, and adalimumab, 40 mg IM every 2 weeks. Discharge instructions include a follow-up in 2 weeks to evaluate continuation strategies for the discharge medications.

Ten months after his depressive episode, Mr. J has had no further admissions at the hospital where he received the treatment described here.

 

Bottom Line

Evidence for the treatment of major depressive disorder induced by corticosteroid withdrawal is limited. Despite trials of agents from multiple medication classes, the depressive episode may not improve. Adding mirtazapine to a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor or serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor may prove successful.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names
Adalimumab • Humira
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Buspirone • Buspar
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Diazepam • Valium
Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
Divalproex • Depakote, Depakote ER
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Prednisone • Deltasone
Sertraline • Zoloft

References

1. Dixon R, Christy N. On the various forms of corticosteroid withdrawal syndrome. Am J Med. 1980;68(2):224-30.
2. Fardet L, Petersen I, Nazareth I. Suicidal behavior and severe neuropsychiatric disorders following glucocorticoid therapy in primary care. Am J Psychiatry. 2012;169(5):491-497.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depressive disorder, 3rd ed. Arlington Virginia: American Psychiatric Association. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/mdd.pdf. Published October 2010. Accessed March 15, 2017.
5. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) Clinical Guideline 90. Depression in adults: recognition and management. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg90. Accessed March 15, 2017.
6. Stahl SM. Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology: neuroscientific basis and practical applications, 4th ed. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; 2013;317-322; 363-364.
7. Remeron [package insert]. Whitehouse Station, NJ: Merck & Co., Inc.; 2018.
8. Gorman JM. Mirtazapine: clinical overview. J Clin Psychiatry. 1999;60(suppl 17):9-13; discussion 46-48.
9. Quitkin FM, Taylor BP, Kremer C. Does mirtazapine have a more rapid onset than SSRIs? J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(5):358-361.
10. Pallanti S, Quercioli L, Bruscoli M. Response acceleration with mirtazapine augmentation of citalopram in obsessive-compulsive disorder patients without comorbid depression: a pilot study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(10):1394-1399.
11. Blier P, Gobbi G, Turcotte JE, et al. Mirtazapine and paroxetine in major depression: a comparison of monotherapy versus their combination from treatment initiation. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(7):457-465.
12. Blier P, Ward HE, Tremblay P, et al. Combination of antidepressant medications from treatment initiation for major depressive disorder: a double-blind randomized study. Am J Psychiatry. 2010;167(3):281-288.
13. Carpenter LL, Yasmin S, Price LH. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of antidepressant augmentation with mirtazapine. Biol Psychiatry. 2002;51(2):183-188.
14. Schneier FR, Campeas R, Carcamo J, et al. Combined mirtazapine and SSRI treatment of PTSD: a placebo-controlled trial. Depress Anxiety. 2015;32(8):570-579.

References

1. Dixon R, Christy N. On the various forms of corticosteroid withdrawal syndrome. Am J Med. 1980;68(2):224-30.
2. Fardet L, Petersen I, Nazareth I. Suicidal behavior and severe neuropsychiatric disorders following glucocorticoid therapy in primary care. Am J Psychiatry. 2012;169(5):491-497.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
4. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with major depressive disorder, 3rd ed. Arlington Virginia: American Psychiatric Association. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/mdd.pdf. Published October 2010. Accessed March 15, 2017.
5. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) Clinical Guideline 90. Depression in adults: recognition and management. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg90. Accessed March 15, 2017.
6. Stahl SM. Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology: neuroscientific basis and practical applications, 4th ed. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; 2013;317-322; 363-364.
7. Remeron [package insert]. Whitehouse Station, NJ: Merck & Co., Inc.; 2018.
8. Gorman JM. Mirtazapine: clinical overview. J Clin Psychiatry. 1999;60(suppl 17):9-13; discussion 46-48.
9. Quitkin FM, Taylor BP, Kremer C. Does mirtazapine have a more rapid onset than SSRIs? J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(5):358-361.
10. Pallanti S, Quercioli L, Bruscoli M. Response acceleration with mirtazapine augmentation of citalopram in obsessive-compulsive disorder patients without comorbid depression: a pilot study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(10):1394-1399.
11. Blier P, Gobbi G, Turcotte JE, et al. Mirtazapine and paroxetine in major depression: a comparison of monotherapy versus their combination from treatment initiation. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(7):457-465.
12. Blier P, Ward HE, Tremblay P, et al. Combination of antidepressant medications from treatment initiation for major depressive disorder: a double-blind randomized study. Am J Psychiatry. 2010;167(3):281-288.
13. Carpenter LL, Yasmin S, Price LH. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study of antidepressant augmentation with mirtazapine. Biol Psychiatry. 2002;51(2):183-188.
14. Schneier FR, Campeas R, Carcamo J, et al. Combined mirtazapine and SSRI treatment of PTSD: a placebo-controlled trial. Depress Anxiety. 2015;32(8):570-579.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
48-51
Page Number
48-51
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Unrelenting depression: ‘I would rather be dead than feel this way’
Display Headline
Unrelenting depression: ‘I would rather be dead than feel this way’
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Vitamin B6 for tardive dyskinesia?

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 02/21/2020 - 12:26
Display Headline
Vitamin B6 for tardive dyskinesia?

Although antipsychotics have revolutionized the treatment of severe mental illnesses, adverse effects often present a substantial obstacle to adherence. One of the most tenacious and difficult-to-treat adverse effects is tardive dyskinesia (TD), a neuromotor syndrome with characteristic involuntary repetitive movements, typically of the muscles of the jaw, lips, and tongue. In addition to spasms and grimacing, patients can have choreoathetoid movements of the neck. In more extreme presentations, some patients can have difficulty breathing. TD is a largely irreversible condition. It is often a disfiguring lifelong disability that can further stigmatize patients who already suffer scorn and derision. TD usually has a delayed onset after a patient is started on an antipsychotic.1 The syndrome is more commonly associated with first-generation antipsychotics, but affects up to 20% of patients who are treated with second-generation antipsychotics.1 In the United States, TD affects as many as 500,000 patients.1

There are several palliative interventions for TD, but the evidence for a consistently reliable treatment is weak. Branched-chain amino acids, ginkgo biloba, melatonin, and vitamin E have been investigated as interventions. Other approaches include switching to an alternate antipsychotic such as clozapine, adjusting the antipsychotic dose, using anticholinergic medications, adjunctive amantadine, gamma aminobutyric acid agonists, or adding tetrabenazine.

The FDA recently approved two vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (VMAT2) inhibitors, deutetrabenazine and valbenazine, for addressing symptoms of TD. However, these medications can cost tens of thousands of dollars per year, and also carry the risk of adverse effects such as sedation, akathisia, urinary retention, constipation, and muscle pain.2 When treating a patient who develops TD, one might consider other potentially effective therapies with low adverse effect profiles that may be more cost-effective than existing treatments. The bioactive form of vitamin B6 (pyridoxine), pyridoxal-5-phosphate, has been used to treat various antipsychotic-induced movement disorders. Preliminary evidence suggests that vitamin B6 may help reduce the symptoms of TD.

A recent Cochrane Database Review (2015)3 of pyridoxal-5-phosphate treatment for TD found a significant improvement in symptoms compared with placebo. Although the studies included in this review were limited by modest sample sizes and short follow-up periods, 2 of the investigations revealed improvements of >40% in extrapyramidal symptoms with vitamin B6 compared with placebo. Lerner et al (2001)4 conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial in which 15 inpatients with schizophrenia who met the criteria for TD were assigned to vitamin B6, 400 mg/d, or placebo for 4 weeks. After a 2-week washout period, the placebo group was given vitamin B6 and vice versa. Compared with placebo, mean scores on the parkinsonism and dyskinetic movement subscales of the Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale were significantly better in the third week of treatment with vitamin B6.

Lerner et al (2007)5 later conducted a separate crossover study using the same design with a washout period. This trial included a larger sample size (50 inpatients with DSM-IV diagnoses of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder and TD) and the dosage of vitamin B6 was increased to 1,200 mg/d over 26 weeks. Patients who received vitamin B6 experienced a significantly greater decrease in Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale scores compared with those in the placebo group.

Continued to: A 29-year-old woman with treatment-resistant schizophrenia...

 

 

Umar et al (2016)6 published a case review of a 29-year-old woman with treatment-resistant schizophrenia with TD who was treated with clozapine, 400 mg/d. She was started on vitamin B6, 450 mg/d, for 4 weeks, and then her dose was increased to 600 mg/d. At 6 months, she experienced a 78% reduction in the severity of her TD symptoms, as measured by the Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale. The authors reported that this improvement was maintained for 1 year after vitamin B6 was stopped.

Miodownik et al (2008)7 reported in a study of 89 patients with schizophrenia that those with TD (n = 40) had diminished amounts of vitamin B6 in their plasma compared with patients without symptoms of motor disturbances (n = 49).

Vitamin B6 has been known to improve other psychotropic-induced movement disorders. In a study of lithium-induced tremors, treatment with pyridoxine, 900 to 1,200 mg/d, resulted in “impressive improvement until total disappearance of tremor.”8 Lerner et al (2004)9 also reported significant improvement for patients with neuroleptic-induced akathisia who were treated with vitamin B6.

Some proposed mechanisms of action

Pyridoxal-5-phosphate is a coenzyme in the synthesis of dopamine and other neuro­transmitters. This might explain in part the biochemical mechanism of vitamin B6 in attenuating motor symptoms following long-term dopamine blockade. Chronic neurotransmitter antagonism may result in an upregulation of dopamine receptors in response. This compensatory reaction might create a dopamine receptor super-sensitivity in the nigrostriatal pathways.10

Another potential mechanism of action might be vitamin B6’s potent antioxidant properties and its scavenging of free radicals. The neurotoxicity of oxidative stress has been implicated in various movement disorders and psychiatric conditions.

In all of the studies described here, patients continued to receive daily antipsychotic treatment. In these trials, the adverse effects of vitamin B6 were minimal or negligible. In one study, vitamin B6 was reported to have had a better adverse effect profile than placebo.4

References

1. Carbon M, Hsieh CH, Kane JM, et al. Tardive dyskinesia prevalence in the period of second-generation antipsychotic use: a meta-analysis. J Clin Psychiatry. 2017;78(3):e264-e278.
2. Smith Mosley LL, Mosely II JF, Fleischfresser JR, et al. Vesicular monoamine transporter type 2 (VMAT2) inhibitors in the management of tardive dyskinesia. Clin Med Rev Case Rep. 2017;4(12):1-5.
3. Adelufosi AO, Abayomi O, Ojo M. Pyridoxal 5 phosphate for neuroleptic-induced tardive dyskinesia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(4):CD010501.
4. Lerner V, Miodownik C, Kapstan A, et al. Vitamin B(6) in the treatment of tardive dyskinesia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(9):1511-1514.
5. Lerner V, Miodownik C, Kapstan A, et al. Vitamin B6 treatment for tardive dyskinesia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(11):1648-1654.
6. Umar MU, Isa AA, Abba AH. High dose pyridoxine for the treatment of tardive dyskinesia: clinical case and review of literature. Ther Adv Psychopharmacol. 2016;6(2):152-156.
7. Miodownik C, Meoded A, Libov I, et al. Pyridoxal plasma level in schizophrenic and schizoaffective patients with and without tardive dyskinesia. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2008;31(4):197-203.
8. Miodownik C, Witztum E, Lerner V. Lithium-induced tremor treated with vitamin B6: a preliminary case series. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2002;32(1):103-108.
9. Lerner V, Bergman J, Statsenko N, et al. Vitamin B6 treatment in acute neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(11):1550-1554.
10. Miller, BJ. Tardive dyskinesia: a review of the literature. Psychiatric Times. http://www.psychiatrictimes.com/articles/tardive-dyskinesia-review-literature. Published June 27, 2017. Accessed July 31, 2018.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Martone is a psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner, Alaska Psychiatric Institute, Anchorage, Alaska.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
42,47
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Martone is a psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner, Alaska Psychiatric Institute, Anchorage, Alaska.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Martone is a psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner, Alaska Psychiatric Institute, Anchorage, Alaska.

Disclosure
The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Although antipsychotics have revolutionized the treatment of severe mental illnesses, adverse effects often present a substantial obstacle to adherence. One of the most tenacious and difficult-to-treat adverse effects is tardive dyskinesia (TD), a neuromotor syndrome with characteristic involuntary repetitive movements, typically of the muscles of the jaw, lips, and tongue. In addition to spasms and grimacing, patients can have choreoathetoid movements of the neck. In more extreme presentations, some patients can have difficulty breathing. TD is a largely irreversible condition. It is often a disfiguring lifelong disability that can further stigmatize patients who already suffer scorn and derision. TD usually has a delayed onset after a patient is started on an antipsychotic.1 The syndrome is more commonly associated with first-generation antipsychotics, but affects up to 20% of patients who are treated with second-generation antipsychotics.1 In the United States, TD affects as many as 500,000 patients.1

There are several palliative interventions for TD, but the evidence for a consistently reliable treatment is weak. Branched-chain amino acids, ginkgo biloba, melatonin, and vitamin E have been investigated as interventions. Other approaches include switching to an alternate antipsychotic such as clozapine, adjusting the antipsychotic dose, using anticholinergic medications, adjunctive amantadine, gamma aminobutyric acid agonists, or adding tetrabenazine.

The FDA recently approved two vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (VMAT2) inhibitors, deutetrabenazine and valbenazine, for addressing symptoms of TD. However, these medications can cost tens of thousands of dollars per year, and also carry the risk of adverse effects such as sedation, akathisia, urinary retention, constipation, and muscle pain.2 When treating a patient who develops TD, one might consider other potentially effective therapies with low adverse effect profiles that may be more cost-effective than existing treatments. The bioactive form of vitamin B6 (pyridoxine), pyridoxal-5-phosphate, has been used to treat various antipsychotic-induced movement disorders. Preliminary evidence suggests that vitamin B6 may help reduce the symptoms of TD.

A recent Cochrane Database Review (2015)3 of pyridoxal-5-phosphate treatment for TD found a significant improvement in symptoms compared with placebo. Although the studies included in this review were limited by modest sample sizes and short follow-up periods, 2 of the investigations revealed improvements of >40% in extrapyramidal symptoms with vitamin B6 compared with placebo. Lerner et al (2001)4 conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial in which 15 inpatients with schizophrenia who met the criteria for TD were assigned to vitamin B6, 400 mg/d, or placebo for 4 weeks. After a 2-week washout period, the placebo group was given vitamin B6 and vice versa. Compared with placebo, mean scores on the parkinsonism and dyskinetic movement subscales of the Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale were significantly better in the third week of treatment with vitamin B6.

Lerner et al (2007)5 later conducted a separate crossover study using the same design with a washout period. This trial included a larger sample size (50 inpatients with DSM-IV diagnoses of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder and TD) and the dosage of vitamin B6 was increased to 1,200 mg/d over 26 weeks. Patients who received vitamin B6 experienced a significantly greater decrease in Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale scores compared with those in the placebo group.

Continued to: A 29-year-old woman with treatment-resistant schizophrenia...

 

 

Umar et al (2016)6 published a case review of a 29-year-old woman with treatment-resistant schizophrenia with TD who was treated with clozapine, 400 mg/d. She was started on vitamin B6, 450 mg/d, for 4 weeks, and then her dose was increased to 600 mg/d. At 6 months, she experienced a 78% reduction in the severity of her TD symptoms, as measured by the Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale. The authors reported that this improvement was maintained for 1 year after vitamin B6 was stopped.

Miodownik et al (2008)7 reported in a study of 89 patients with schizophrenia that those with TD (n = 40) had diminished amounts of vitamin B6 in their plasma compared with patients without symptoms of motor disturbances (n = 49).

Vitamin B6 has been known to improve other psychotropic-induced movement disorders. In a study of lithium-induced tremors, treatment with pyridoxine, 900 to 1,200 mg/d, resulted in “impressive improvement until total disappearance of tremor.”8 Lerner et al (2004)9 also reported significant improvement for patients with neuroleptic-induced akathisia who were treated with vitamin B6.

Some proposed mechanisms of action

Pyridoxal-5-phosphate is a coenzyme in the synthesis of dopamine and other neuro­transmitters. This might explain in part the biochemical mechanism of vitamin B6 in attenuating motor symptoms following long-term dopamine blockade. Chronic neurotransmitter antagonism may result in an upregulation of dopamine receptors in response. This compensatory reaction might create a dopamine receptor super-sensitivity in the nigrostriatal pathways.10

Another potential mechanism of action might be vitamin B6’s potent antioxidant properties and its scavenging of free radicals. The neurotoxicity of oxidative stress has been implicated in various movement disorders and psychiatric conditions.

In all of the studies described here, patients continued to receive daily antipsychotic treatment. In these trials, the adverse effects of vitamin B6 were minimal or negligible. In one study, vitamin B6 was reported to have had a better adverse effect profile than placebo.4

Although antipsychotics have revolutionized the treatment of severe mental illnesses, adverse effects often present a substantial obstacle to adherence. One of the most tenacious and difficult-to-treat adverse effects is tardive dyskinesia (TD), a neuromotor syndrome with characteristic involuntary repetitive movements, typically of the muscles of the jaw, lips, and tongue. In addition to spasms and grimacing, patients can have choreoathetoid movements of the neck. In more extreme presentations, some patients can have difficulty breathing. TD is a largely irreversible condition. It is often a disfiguring lifelong disability that can further stigmatize patients who already suffer scorn and derision. TD usually has a delayed onset after a patient is started on an antipsychotic.1 The syndrome is more commonly associated with first-generation antipsychotics, but affects up to 20% of patients who are treated with second-generation antipsychotics.1 In the United States, TD affects as many as 500,000 patients.1

There are several palliative interventions for TD, but the evidence for a consistently reliable treatment is weak. Branched-chain amino acids, ginkgo biloba, melatonin, and vitamin E have been investigated as interventions. Other approaches include switching to an alternate antipsychotic such as clozapine, adjusting the antipsychotic dose, using anticholinergic medications, adjunctive amantadine, gamma aminobutyric acid agonists, or adding tetrabenazine.

The FDA recently approved two vesicular monoamine transporter 2 (VMAT2) inhibitors, deutetrabenazine and valbenazine, for addressing symptoms of TD. However, these medications can cost tens of thousands of dollars per year, and also carry the risk of adverse effects such as sedation, akathisia, urinary retention, constipation, and muscle pain.2 When treating a patient who develops TD, one might consider other potentially effective therapies with low adverse effect profiles that may be more cost-effective than existing treatments. The bioactive form of vitamin B6 (pyridoxine), pyridoxal-5-phosphate, has been used to treat various antipsychotic-induced movement disorders. Preliminary evidence suggests that vitamin B6 may help reduce the symptoms of TD.

A recent Cochrane Database Review (2015)3 of pyridoxal-5-phosphate treatment for TD found a significant improvement in symptoms compared with placebo. Although the studies included in this review were limited by modest sample sizes and short follow-up periods, 2 of the investigations revealed improvements of >40% in extrapyramidal symptoms with vitamin B6 compared with placebo. Lerner et al (2001)4 conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial in which 15 inpatients with schizophrenia who met the criteria for TD were assigned to vitamin B6, 400 mg/d, or placebo for 4 weeks. After a 2-week washout period, the placebo group was given vitamin B6 and vice versa. Compared with placebo, mean scores on the parkinsonism and dyskinetic movement subscales of the Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale were significantly better in the third week of treatment with vitamin B6.

Lerner et al (2007)5 later conducted a separate crossover study using the same design with a washout period. This trial included a larger sample size (50 inpatients with DSM-IV diagnoses of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder and TD) and the dosage of vitamin B6 was increased to 1,200 mg/d over 26 weeks. Patients who received vitamin B6 experienced a significantly greater decrease in Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale scores compared with those in the placebo group.

Continued to: A 29-year-old woman with treatment-resistant schizophrenia...

 

 

Umar et al (2016)6 published a case review of a 29-year-old woman with treatment-resistant schizophrenia with TD who was treated with clozapine, 400 mg/d. She was started on vitamin B6, 450 mg/d, for 4 weeks, and then her dose was increased to 600 mg/d. At 6 months, she experienced a 78% reduction in the severity of her TD symptoms, as measured by the Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale. The authors reported that this improvement was maintained for 1 year after vitamin B6 was stopped.

Miodownik et al (2008)7 reported in a study of 89 patients with schizophrenia that those with TD (n = 40) had diminished amounts of vitamin B6 in their plasma compared with patients without symptoms of motor disturbances (n = 49).

Vitamin B6 has been known to improve other psychotropic-induced movement disorders. In a study of lithium-induced tremors, treatment with pyridoxine, 900 to 1,200 mg/d, resulted in “impressive improvement until total disappearance of tremor.”8 Lerner et al (2004)9 also reported significant improvement for patients with neuroleptic-induced akathisia who were treated with vitamin B6.

Some proposed mechanisms of action

Pyridoxal-5-phosphate is a coenzyme in the synthesis of dopamine and other neuro­transmitters. This might explain in part the biochemical mechanism of vitamin B6 in attenuating motor symptoms following long-term dopamine blockade. Chronic neurotransmitter antagonism may result in an upregulation of dopamine receptors in response. This compensatory reaction might create a dopamine receptor super-sensitivity in the nigrostriatal pathways.10

Another potential mechanism of action might be vitamin B6’s potent antioxidant properties and its scavenging of free radicals. The neurotoxicity of oxidative stress has been implicated in various movement disorders and psychiatric conditions.

In all of the studies described here, patients continued to receive daily antipsychotic treatment. In these trials, the adverse effects of vitamin B6 were minimal or negligible. In one study, vitamin B6 was reported to have had a better adverse effect profile than placebo.4

References

1. Carbon M, Hsieh CH, Kane JM, et al. Tardive dyskinesia prevalence in the period of second-generation antipsychotic use: a meta-analysis. J Clin Psychiatry. 2017;78(3):e264-e278.
2. Smith Mosley LL, Mosely II JF, Fleischfresser JR, et al. Vesicular monoamine transporter type 2 (VMAT2) inhibitors in the management of tardive dyskinesia. Clin Med Rev Case Rep. 2017;4(12):1-5.
3. Adelufosi AO, Abayomi O, Ojo M. Pyridoxal 5 phosphate for neuroleptic-induced tardive dyskinesia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(4):CD010501.
4. Lerner V, Miodownik C, Kapstan A, et al. Vitamin B(6) in the treatment of tardive dyskinesia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(9):1511-1514.
5. Lerner V, Miodownik C, Kapstan A, et al. Vitamin B6 treatment for tardive dyskinesia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(11):1648-1654.
6. Umar MU, Isa AA, Abba AH. High dose pyridoxine for the treatment of tardive dyskinesia: clinical case and review of literature. Ther Adv Psychopharmacol. 2016;6(2):152-156.
7. Miodownik C, Meoded A, Libov I, et al. Pyridoxal plasma level in schizophrenic and schizoaffective patients with and without tardive dyskinesia. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2008;31(4):197-203.
8. Miodownik C, Witztum E, Lerner V. Lithium-induced tremor treated with vitamin B6: a preliminary case series. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2002;32(1):103-108.
9. Lerner V, Bergman J, Statsenko N, et al. Vitamin B6 treatment in acute neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(11):1550-1554.
10. Miller, BJ. Tardive dyskinesia: a review of the literature. Psychiatric Times. http://www.psychiatrictimes.com/articles/tardive-dyskinesia-review-literature. Published June 27, 2017. Accessed July 31, 2018.

References

1. Carbon M, Hsieh CH, Kane JM, et al. Tardive dyskinesia prevalence in the period of second-generation antipsychotic use: a meta-analysis. J Clin Psychiatry. 2017;78(3):e264-e278.
2. Smith Mosley LL, Mosely II JF, Fleischfresser JR, et al. Vesicular monoamine transporter type 2 (VMAT2) inhibitors in the management of tardive dyskinesia. Clin Med Rev Case Rep. 2017;4(12):1-5.
3. Adelufosi AO, Abayomi O, Ojo M. Pyridoxal 5 phosphate for neuroleptic-induced tardive dyskinesia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(4):CD010501.
4. Lerner V, Miodownik C, Kapstan A, et al. Vitamin B(6) in the treatment of tardive dyskinesia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(9):1511-1514.
5. Lerner V, Miodownik C, Kapstan A, et al. Vitamin B6 treatment for tardive dyskinesia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(11):1648-1654.
6. Umar MU, Isa AA, Abba AH. High dose pyridoxine for the treatment of tardive dyskinesia: clinical case and review of literature. Ther Adv Psychopharmacol. 2016;6(2):152-156.
7. Miodownik C, Meoded A, Libov I, et al. Pyridoxal plasma level in schizophrenic and schizoaffective patients with and without tardive dyskinesia. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2008;31(4):197-203.
8. Miodownik C, Witztum E, Lerner V. Lithium-induced tremor treated with vitamin B6: a preliminary case series. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2002;32(1):103-108.
9. Lerner V, Bergman J, Statsenko N, et al. Vitamin B6 treatment in acute neuroleptic-induced akathisia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(11):1550-1554.
10. Miller, BJ. Tardive dyskinesia: a review of the literature. Psychiatric Times. http://www.psychiatrictimes.com/articles/tardive-dyskinesia-review-literature. Published June 27, 2017. Accessed July 31, 2018.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 17(10)
Page Number
42,47
Page Number
42,47
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Vitamin B6 for tardive dyskinesia?
Display Headline
Vitamin B6 for tardive dyskinesia?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media